1304 1456

TTOAD OF P BRANCH
A.F.Os. 13041456/44
(See A.F.O. Diagram Issue No. 11/44)

RESTRICTED
(FOR O F F IC IA L
USE O N LY)
N ot to be communicated to anyone outside H .M . Service
ADMIRALTY
F L EET
A
ORDERS
S.W .l,
16th March, 1944.
d m ir a l t y ,
The following Orders having been approved by M y Lords

Commissioners of the Admiralty are hereby promulgated
for information and guidance and necessary action.
A list of these Orders is enclosed.
B y Command of Their Lordships,
T o all Commanders in Chief, Flag

Officers, Senior Naval Officers,
Captains and Commanding Officers
o f H .M . Ships, Vessels and C.O.
Craft (See A .F .O . 494/44) Super
intendents or Officers in Charge o f
H .M . N aval Establishments, and
Admiralty Overseers concerned.
N o t e : The scale of distribution is shown in the A dm iralty Fleet Order
Volume, 1941, Instructions, paragraph 10.
JP
(66498)
S e c t i o n 3. G ., T ., N ., E ., e t c . , & S t o r e s ; H u l l , E q u ip m e n t & F i t t i n g s .
A D M IR A L T Y FLE E T ORDERS
No.
Gunnery. (Guns, Mountings, Ammunition, Turrets, Directors, Fire Control,

Diving Apparatus, Magazines, etc., and Stores.)
1348.
Subject.
1349.
1350.
1351.
16th March, 1944.

S e c t io n I . A d m i n is t r a t i o n
R
of the
F l e e t , C e r e m o n ie s , F o r e ig n P
ort
e g u l a t io n s , e t o .
(Station L im its : Fighting Efficiency of Ships : Naval Aircraft Administration :

Internal Organization of Ships : Navigation and Seamanship : Fleet Exercises and
Practices, etc.)
1304.
1305.
1306.
1307.
1308.
1309.
Governor and Commander-In-Chief, GibraltarAppointment.

Trials o f H.M. Submarines Building by Contract Responsibility for Navigation
and Pilotage during Trials.
Disposal of Bombs, Pyrotechnics, Mines, Toip>edoes, etc., accidentally released and
jettisoned from, or found in Crashed British and Allied Aircraft.
United States Hospital Ships.
Portuguese Merchant Vessels Identification Markings.
Special Maintenance Parties R E PO R T.
S e c t io n 2. P e r s o n n e l , P a y , S e r v ic e s , D i s c i p l i n e ,
1310.
1311.
1312.
1313.
1314.
1315.
1316.
1317.
1318.
1319.
1320.
1321.
1322.
1323.
1324.
1325.
1326.
1327.
1328.
1329.
1330.
1331.
1332.
1333.
1334.
1335.
1336.
1337.
1338.
1339.
1340.
1341.
1342.
1343.
1344.
1345.
1346.
1347.
1352.
1353.
1354.
1355.
1356.
1357.
1358.
1359.
1360.
1361.
Torpedo. (Torpedoes, Tubes, Mines and Minesweeping, Depth Charges, Paravanes,

Electrical Equipment, Anti-Gas, Aircraft Torpedoes, etc., and Stores.)
etc.
Honours and Awards London Gazette Supplement o f 7th March, 1944.

Honours and Awards Polish Navy.
E.As. (L.C.) Advancement.
Electrical Mechanics (L.C.) Advancement of.
Air Maintenance Ratings Advancement.
j
Advancement Failure to Take Appropriate Examinations, etc. Form S.264,
Notation on.
Courses for Petty Officer and Leading Seaman.
Scales o f Supply Staffs.
Seaman Buglers Non-Substantive Pay.
Selection and Aural Care o f S.D. Ratings.
Torpedo Ratings at Coastal Force Bases (at Home) Replacement by W.R.N.S.
Personnel.
General Service Radio Mechanics Tool Kits.
H.M.S. Spartan Reconstruction o f Accounts.
Applications for War Service GrantsAccounting Instructions.
The R.N. Fire Force Administration of.
R.N. Fire Force Transfer to Marking o f Pay and Identity Books.
Uniform Compensation for loss of or damage to Ratings only.
Plain Clothes Gratuity and Civilian Clothing on Discharge.
Overtime Payments Non-Industrial Employees Arrangements under the
Pay-as-you-Eam Income Tax Deduction Scheme.
Provision Allowance, etc., for Naval Officers and Ratings and members o f the
W.R.N.S.
Wilful Disobedience Interpretation.
Gifts to H.M. Ships in connection with Warship Weeks.
Admiralty Surgeons and Agents.
Officiating Minister o f Religion.
Allotments payable in East Africa.
Newfoundland Ratings Reports o f Marriage.
Southern Rhodesian Personnel Family Allowances, etc. and Income Tax.
Travelling Issue o f more than one free warrant during one leave period.
Concession fare travel for children o f female members o f the Forces.
Admiralty Salvage Vessels Supply o f Provisions.
W.R.N.S. Censor Officers.
W.R.N.S. Promotion o f Third Officers.
W.R.N.S. Medals and Wound Stripes Notations on Service Certificates.
Q.A.R.N.N.S. and Q.A.R.N.N.S. (Reserve) Revised Rates o f Pay.
Distinction Marks for Wounded (Wound Stripes).
Obsolete Instructional Films.
Religious Films.
Competition for Design o f a Post-War Cottage.
Guns 0-303-in. Vickers G.O. No. 1, Mark I, Type A Maintenance

Parkerising o f Components.
Guns Machine,Vickers 0 303-in. G.O. Rods Cleaning Cylinder Blushes and Mops,
for Cleaning Gas Cylinder.
Guns 20mm. Oerlikon, Marks I I and I V Breech Cover.
Gun Mountings 15-in., Mark I, I* and I/N Gunloading Cage Shell Arrester
Buffers Modifications.
Gun Mountings 5-25-in., Marks I and I I Fuze Setting Trays Packing Pieces
to ensure Correct Setting o f No. 211 Fuze.
Gun Mountings 4-7-in C.P., Mark X X II , and 4-5-;n. C.P., Mark V, Mountings
Alteration to Firing Arcs o f No. 2 Mountings As. and As.
Gun Mountings 3-in. C.P. V Modification to Firing Gear to Reduce Firing
Effort As and As
Gun Mountings 6-pdr., Mark V I, Mountings Additional Housing Stop.
Gun Mountings 2-pdr., Marks V, V I, V I I and V III, and 0-5, Marks I, II, I I I
and IV Fitting of Cone and Filter Adaptor to Rearsights As. and As.
Ammunition 20 m.m., 40 m.m. and 2-pdr. Cartridges, S.A., 20 m.m. Oerlikon
H.E. American H.M.C. 1-43, L ot 150 Critical Examination R E PO R T.
Ammunition 1-in. Aiming Rifle Percussion Shortage o f Supplies Demands.
Ammunition Supply Naval Armament Depots Supply, Tests and Return of
Ammunition to.
Aircraft Bombs Care in Handling Practice Bombs ( 1 lb. and below).
Training Instructional Appliances Dome Teacher and Portobel Issue o f Low
Angle Dome Rolls, Nos. 15, 16, 17 and 18.
1362.
1363.
1364.
1365.
1366.
1367.
Torpedoes, 21-in., Mark V I I P - V I I I * * Conversion o f Ball-Valve Type o f Pressure

Seated Trunk Box Spindle Unit to Plunger-Operated Type.
Cartridges, Impulse Torpedo Types and Services for which Required.
Depth Charge Pistols, Mark V I I Withdrawal from Service.
Electrically Operated Ramp Gear Modification to Control of.
10-in. Signalling Projectors, Patterns 3860A and 12210 Replacement o f Defective
Shutter Operating Levers.
Respirator Anti-Gas General Service and Civilian Duty Types Repair to Head
Harness.
Engineer. (M ain and Auxiliary Engines, Boilers, other Machinery in Charge of the
Engineer Officer, including Catapults, Coal and Oil Fuel, and Engineering Stores.)
1368.
1369.
General Service Pump Connection to Condenser and Hotwell.

Feed Pump Discharge Arrangements As. and As.
1370.
Asdic Installation Establishment Lists Errata.
1371.
1372.
1373.
1374.
1375.
VH/F Aerial Outfit A P H Tests to be Carried out.

W /l Equipment Maintenance o f by Commercial W / l Companies REPO RT.
W/T and A/S Pattern 1195 Hydrometer, Ball Type, for Accumulator Acid.
Centralized W/T Power Supply System Fitting-Out Information.
Flat R oo f o f Main W/T Aerials Protecting Loops.
1376.
1377.
1378.
1379.
1380.
Aircraft Procedure for dealing with Rogue Aircraft.

Aircraft Accidents Due to presence o f Hoar Frost.
Aircraft Floating Torches (Stores ref. 5A/2728).
Seafire and Spitfire Aircraft Adjustment o f Flying Controls.
Seafire and Spitfire Aircraft 30-Gallon Drop Tanks and Drop Tank Mechanism.
Anti-Submarine. (Asdics, Hydrophones and Echo Sounding and Stores.)
Signals. ( W IT and V/S Apparatus, Radar, D .F., S.R.E., Wa/T and Stores.)
Naval Aircraft. (Technical.)
General. (Hull, Armour, General Equipment and Fittings, etc., and Orders affecting
two or more Departments.)
1381.
1382.
1383.
1384.
(66498)
Strength o f Important Ship StructureMaintenance during Building and Altera

tions.
Various Types o f Ramp Extension Fitting Instructions.
Steel Rivets, Pan Head, Patterns 929A Modified Dimensions.
Fore and A ft Gangways Provision ofAs. and As.
4
S e c tio n
S e c t io n 3. G., T., N., E .,
e t c .,
& S t o b e s ; H u ll, E q u ip m e n t & F it t in g s contd.
General. (Hull, Armour, General Equipment and Fittings, etc., add Orders offecting
two or more Departments. contd.
1385.
1386.
1387.
1388.
1389.
1390.
1391.
1392.
1393.
1394.
1395.
1396.
1397.
1398.
1399.
1400.
1401.
1402.
1403.
Monitor and Foam-making Equipment Installation As. and As.

Ballast Pipe Lines Fitting o f U-Bend As. and As.
W/T EquipmentFitting D/F Outfit F.M.12. Marconi H/F Transceiver C.N.S.I.,
etc.
Fuelling adaptors.
Degaussing.
Lead Economy in Use of.
Electric Cable, Pattern 13865 Introduction.
Teak Restrictions in Use.
Spare Ford V8 Engines Supply of.
Aircraft Radio Reporting o f Defects in Radio-Communication and Radar
Equipment.
Aircraft Radio Transmitters T.3040E Elimination o f Interference to Receivers,
Type R.1116A, in Swordfish Aircraft.
Radio Interference.
Aircraft Appendix A Equipment Procedure on Allotment o f Aircraft for
Repair, Modification or Major Inspection.
Aircraft Armament Items Demarcation between Nava! and Naval
Armament Stores.
Resin Oil, Pattern 935 Introduction.
K ey Board Provision of.
Parachutes Location ofREPORTS.
Introduction o f Form F A 23A Account o f Consumable Naval Stores in American
Built Ships.
B.R.4 Naval Storekeeping Manual, and B.R.4, Part II.
S e c t io n 4. O t h e r S t o k e s N a v a l St o r e s *, V ic t u a l l in g S t o k e s ,
M e d ic a l St o r e s , C o n t r a c t s
( *AU N.S. Orders not included under Section 3.)

1404.
1405.
1406.
1407.
1408.
1409.
1410.
1411.
1412.
1413.
1414.
1415.
1416.
1417.
1418.
1419.
1420.
1421.
1422.
Admiralty Salvage Vessels Supply of Provisions.

Royal Marine Landing Craft Personnel Clothing and Equipment.
Provision Allowance, etc., for Naval Officers and Ratings and Members of the
W.R.N.S.
Insulating Footgear Electrical Repair Personnel.
Naval Stores Establishment for Naval Air Stations at Home.
Stores and Materials Provision and Forwarding to U.S.A.
Purehase Tax Application to Sales o f Clothing from Service Stocks to Pensioner
' Civilians Shipkeepers. eto.
Purchase Tax Application to Sales o f Clothing from Service Stocks to Nava!
Personnel.
Fluorescent Screens with HoodsWithdrawal from R.N. Medical Establishments.
Decontamination Stores Allowance.
Chevrons for War Service.
W.R.N.S. Clothing Demands.
W.R.N.&. Badges for Air Mechanics.
Textile Scrap for Disposal.
Tinned Soups Concentrated.
Milk Powder Introduction.
N .A A.F.I. Canteen Ratings Kit.
Naval Canteen Service Compensation for Loss o f Uniforms.
Disposal o f Used Food Tins.
S e c t io n 5. B o o k s , F
1423.
1424.
1425.
1426.
1427.
1428.
1429.
1430.
o rm s,
eturns,
1431.
1432.
1433.
1434.
1435.
1436.
1437.
1438.
1439.
1440.
5. B o o k s ,
F o r m s , R e t u r n s , C o r r e s p o n d e n c e contd.
Forms S.1228 and 1229 Abolition.

W.R.N.S. S. 160 Additional Information Required.
New Zealand Personnel Serving in the R .N . Rendering o f Forms S.161 and
S.165.
Plymouth combined Headquarters Telephone Exchange General Post Office
Numbers.
H.M. Naval Repair Bases, Corpach and Dunstaffnage Communications.
H.M.S. Pembroke IV Change o f address o f Main Pay Office.
Supply o f Passed by Censor Stamp to M.L.C. Cancelled.
Half-Yearly Electrical Reports.
Mail Lost by Enemy Action.
B.B.C. Overseas World Services Short Waveband Chart.
S e c t i o n 6. S h o r e E s t a b l i s h m e n t s
1441.
1442.
1443.
1444.
1445.
1446.
1447.
1448.
1449.
1450.
1451.
1452.
1453.
1454.
1455.
1456.
Civil Service W ar Bonus Extension o f Salary Limit.

Civil Servants serving in India Balance o f Civil Pay.
Assistant Officers in Supply and Accounting Departments, Higher Clerical Officers,
etc. Overtime, etc. Arrangements.
Standard Tests for Temporary Typing Grades.
Payment o f Proficiency Allowance after break in Service.
Overtime Payments Non-Industrial Employees Arrangements under the
Pay-as-you-Earn Income Tax Deduction Scheme.
Civilian Dental Mechanics Rates o f Pay.
Extended Employment o f Women Industrials in Admiralty Establishments in
War-timeRates o f Pay, Conditions o f Service.
Part-Time Industrial Women Workers Rates o f Pay and Conditions o f Service.
Industrial Workpeople Overtime, etc., payments for.
Female Industrial Telephone Operators Rates o f Pay.
Unskilled Women Workers (Cleaners)-Rates o f Pay.
Allowances Reckonable for Pension or Gratuity.
Regulated Areas Movement within By Navai and Civilian Personnel and
Contractors' Employees dnring the Imposition of Restrictions.
Allotments payable in East Africa.
National Milk Cocoa Namco Issue to young workers under 18.
Co rrespo nd ence
Amendments to Books.
A.M.S.Is.
B.R. 376 Establishment o f Naval Stores for Diesel Rescue Tugs List o f Errata
No. 1.
B.R. 861 Drill for the Fuzekeeping Clocks, Marks I I and II* , and Admiralty
Fire Control Clock, Mark I I I * Further Establishment.
B.R. 1037 Manual o f Firemanship.
B.R. 1038 A.R.P. Handbook No. 13.
B.R. 1039 N.F.S. Standard Drill Book.
O.U. and B.R. Publications Distribution during February, 1944.
Air Publications.
Form S.1511 Naval Officers Identity Card. Form S.43a Sailors* Pava nd
Identity Book.
(66493)
A3
1304
( Orders m arked* have been reprinted fo r posting on N o tice Boards; marked t

may be communicated to the Press.)
Section 1
ADM INISTR ATIO N OF TH E FLEET, CEREMONIES,
FO REIGN PORT REGULATIONS, etc.
1304. Governor and Commander-in-Chief, Gibraltar Appointment
(M . 459/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

Lieutenant-General S ir Ralph Eastwood, K.C.B., D.S.O., M.C., lias
been appointed Governor and Commander-in-Chief, G ibraltar, from
27th February, 1944.
1305. Trials of H.M. Submarines Building by Contract Responsibility for
Navigation and Pilotage during Trials
(P ./ C .P . 88915/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)

In submarines, by the conditions of contract, the diving,- trim ming, and
submergence trials, and all trials under way, w ill be carried out by Naval
officers and crew. The contractors shall work the main and au xiliary
machinery during trials, but, in accordance with the practice in submarines,
assistance in working the main and au xiliary machinery and appliances
w ill be afforded by the crew free of charge to the contractors but without
prejudice to the contractors entire responsibility.
2. In normal times the contractors w ill provide a pilot with attendant
vessel when a submarine is undergoing builders divin g trials, but in war
time the pilot is not present at all machinery trials at sea, and the attendant
vessel w ill be one of H .M . ships fitted with a suitable Asdic set in order to
ensure communication at reasonable intervals.
3. The A.S.C.B.S. w ill communicate with
concerning the attendance o f the ship required.
the
appropriate
C.-in-C.
4. Attention is drawn to C.A.F.O. 2010/43.

(iC.A.F.O.
2010H 3.)
1306. Disposal of Bombs, Pyrotechnics, Mines, Torpedoes, etc., Accidentally

Released and Jettisoned from, or Found in Crashed British and Allied Aircraft
(U .B . 181/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)

The procedure in the United Kingdom fo r dealing w ith the above
missiles is given in Consolidated Instructions on the Disposal of Un
exploded Bombs, Shells and Parachute Mines issued by M in istry o f Home
Security dated January, 1944.
2. The R .A .F . Bomb Disposal Flights w ill deal with all the above
missiles (except Torpedoes and Mines) except as stated in paragraph 3 (a )
and (b).
3. Naval Missiles and A irc ra ft. (a ) N aval bombs jettisoned on
A dm iralty property are to be disposed o f by a N aval Bomb Safety Officer.
( b) Bombs in N aval a ircraft which have crashed on N aval A ir Stations
are to be disposed o f by the Station A ir Gunnery Officer.
(c ) R .A .F . Bomb Disposal Flights have been authorized to ask fo r the
help o f N aval Bomb Safety Officers in dealing with N aval missiles outside
A dm iralty property.
4. Mines and torpedoes w ill be dealt with by, and are to be reported to,
A dm iralty, D .T.M . (L .I.S .). (L .I.S . means Land Incident Section.)
5. Bombs, Mines or Torpedoes jettisoned from, or found in crashed
aircraft, irrespective o f whether they are N a va l or not, which are inter
ferin g with
ticable, be
immediately
absence ( b)
quarters, or
(L .I.S .).
1306
vita l services on A d m ira lty property w ill, so fa r as is prac

rendered safe by a N aval Bomb Safety Officer, who w ill
communicate with e ith e r: (a ) A ir Liaison Officer, or in his
the Operations Duty Officer at C iv il Defence Regional Head
(c ) in the case o f Mines and Torpedoes, Adm iralty, D.T.M .
6. Procedure fo r R eportin g. (a ) On landing, the p ilot o f the a ircra ft

concerned w ill report to the Commanding Officer o f his A ir Station or
Parent Ship, as accurately as possible, the time, position, height and course
of his a ircra ft when missiles were released, the number and types o f
missiles and details o f their fuzing.
(b ) The Commanding Officer o f the A ir Station or Parent Ship re
ceiving the report w ill repeat it to the R .A .F . or U .S .A .A .F . Operations
Control Room nearest to the point where the missiles are believed to have
fallen, using as the channel o f communication the Senior N aval Officer
for the locality in which that Operations Control Room is situated.
(c ) The R .A .F. or U .S.A.A.F.O perations Control Room w ill inform the
R .A .F . Bomb Disposal F ligh t and other authorities concerned.
7. Commanding Officers should take the necessary action to convene a
Board of Enquiry or cause an investigation to be made, as the circumstances
dictate.
(A.F.O s. 15/42 and 1490/42 are cancelled.)
1307. United States Hospital Ships
(M . 531/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)

The W ar Department has designated the follow in g ships as hospital ships
under the terms o f the Hague Convention:
Length
Num ber o f
in Feet G .E .T. Funnels Masts
U .S .A .T. M arigold (ex President
502
10,533
1
4
Fillim ore ).
U .S .A .T. St. Mihiel ...
436-7
7,555
1
2
U .S .A .T. Jasmine (ex St. O la f )
423
7,191
1
2
U .S .A .T. W is te r ia (ex W illiam
423
7,191
1
2
Osier ).
U .S .A .T . D ogw ood (ex George
422-8
7,176
1
2
Washington Carver ).
U .S .A .T . John L. Clem
2
360
4,900
1
2.
Each vessel w ill have a white hull and superstructure with a horizonal
green band the whole length o f ship on both sides, red crosses on each side, on
deck and each side o f funnel. A ll red crosses w ill be illuminated at night.
The name of the ship w ill be painted on the port and starboard side o f the
bow and on centre line o f stern. Lifeboats w ill be sim ilarly painted.
(A .F .O . 784/U . )
1308. Portuguese Merchant Vessels Identification Markings
(M ./ N .I.D . 1673/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

The Portuguese M inistry of Marine intimate that they have prescribed
the follow in g identification markings fo r use by Portuguese merchant
vessels:
I.
( 1) Cargo and Passenger Ships
(a )
Sides o f Ships painted black. On either side there w ill be a
Portugese flag surrounded by a white rectangle, amidships. The name
o f the ship and o f the country w ill be painted in large white letters,
the former being forward of the flag and the latter ait. The Portu
guese flag w ill be painted as large as possible on either bow.
(66498)
1308
8
The word P O R T U G A L , in cut out letters illuminated from behind,
so as to be visible at night from both sides of the ship, or painted on a
black board in white letters and illuminated at night. I f this proves
impossible, the funnel w ill be illuminated.
(b ) Superstructures Iv o ry white.
(c ) Masts, D erricks and Ventilators.Yellow ochre, except for the
upper part of the main mast, which w ill be black.
( d) Funnels. B righ t red, with a black band at the top edge, not
more than 20 centimetres wide. H alf-w ay up, a horizontal green band,
whose thickness w ill be not less than one-quarter of the height o f the
funnel above the upper deck.
(e ) Portuguese flag to be painted on the decks or superstructure so
as to be visible from the air. These flags should, i f possible, be illu
minated at night. A board, painted both sides with the Portuguese
flag, should be placed longitudinally above the bridge. This should be
illuminated at night.
( 2) Sm all Cargo Vessels
(a ) Portuguese flag painted on either bow as large as possible,
followed by the name o f the ship and the word P O R T U G A L .
( b), (c), (d ) and (e ) as fo r ( 1) above, so fa r as possible,
II.F
is h in g
F leet
( 1) Cod-fishing Trawlers
(a ) Sides o f S h ip . Black; on either bow a large Portuguese flag
surrounded by a white rectangle, with the name of the ship and the
country in large white letters, abaft the flag, on either side. The
letters and the flag must be at least J metre above the water-line when
the boat is fu lly loaded.
(b ) Bridge, Superstructure, Masts, Decks, etc.Yellow ochre, with
the upper part of the main mast black.
(c ) Funnel. Bright red, with a black band of not more than
20 centimetres width at the upper edge, and a horizontal green band
half-way up, not less in width than one-quarter the height o f the funnel
above the upper deck.
( d) As fo r I ( 1) (e).
(2) Cod-fishing S a ilin g Vessels
( ) Sides o f Sh ip.White. On either bow a Portuguese flag with
black rectangle round it, andreading from bow to sternthe name o f
the ship and the country in large black letters, whose bases are not to
be less than \ metre above the water-line when the boat is fu lly laden.
() Masts. Yellow or natural wood, mast heads white.
(c ) As fo r 1 ( 1) (e).
( 3) Deep-sea Fishing and Sardine Fish in g Vessels
( ) Sides of S h ip .Black, large Portuguese flag painted on either
bow, surrounded by a white rectangle. Reading from bow to stern, the
name of the ship, followed by BARCO D E P E S C A (fishing vessel) and
the word P O R T U G A L . The base o f the letters should be as high above
the water-line as possible.
( ) and (c) As for I I ( 1).
(d ) As fo r I ( 1) (e).
N o te . In the case o f small craft, on which all these instructions
cannot be carried out, as much as is possible should be done so as to
fu lfil the spirit of the orders.
I I I . G eneral
Ensigns w ill always be hoisted while at sea and illuminated at

night.
1309. Special Maintenance Parties REPORT
(A.M.R. 1064/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)

Cases have recently occurred o f the misemployment o f Special Maintenance
Parties sent abroad and particulars o f the functions and methods o f obtaining the
services o f these parties are as follows.
2. Description and purpose of Special Maintenance Parties. New types o f
aircraft coming into service raise new technical problems for the personnel responsible
for their servicing and maintenance. In order to give guidance and assistance
in these problems, Special Maintenance Parties are available. These are small
units o f selected maintenance ratings o f the appropriate categories in the charge
o f an Air Engineer Officer. Each party is given, by means o f intensive specialised
training courses, a detailed knowledge o f the construction, maintenance, technical
performance and 'handling limitations of a certain type o f aircraft, and this
training covers all marks o f the aircraft and its equipment.
3. The parties are primarily trained in the servicing and maintenance o f the
type o f aircraft on which they have specialised and in the problems and defects
which arise when it is operated. They are not trained in repairs and repair
procedure for which Special Repair Parties will be provided.
4. Duties. Special Maintenance Parties are primarily intended for employ
ment with squadrons forming or re-arming with new types o f aircraft. Their
duty is to assist and instruct the squadron maintenance personnel and to show
them the best methods ofjcarrying out maintenance and inspection operations
and the correct proofed ure for embodying modifications, with the object o f obtaining
a high degree o f serviceability and reliability. The specialised knowledge o f the
units may also be most useful in such work as erection, servicing and modification
o f replacement aircraft and in dealing with problems arising from the major
inspections b f new types in workshops. Any technical instructions which may be
given by any member o f a Special Maintenance Party relating to the servicing
and maintenance o f the type o f aircraft o f which he has special knowledge, should,
therefore, be considered as important and well-informed and should only be
disregarded after careful enquiry and on the authority o f a responsible person.
5. It is a particular duty o f the Special Maintenance Parties to ensure that all
defects and difficulties concerning the maintenance o f the aircraft on which they
speciali-te are brought to light. The Air Engineer Officer in charge o f the party
is, therefore, to ensure that the defects are reported with the minimum o f delay,
on Form A.21, by the squadron or station to which he is attached. He should
also make any other reports which seem necessary to improve the standard o f
maintenance o f the type o f aircraft with which he is concerned, particularly with
regard to the scales and suitability o f stores, equipment and publications provided.
W ith this object in view, the Officer in charge is to maintain the closest liaison
with the administrative authority, in order that timely information may be
available in advance o f official reports sregarding defects and difficulties which
may arise.
6. Designation. Special Maintenance Parties will be designated by the type o f
aircraft on which they specialise, the letters S.M.P. and a numeral indicating
the serial number o f the Special Maintenance Party o f that particular type, e.g.,
Barracuda S.M.P.2.
7. Formation, Allocation and Administration. S.M.Ps. will be formed on
Admiralty instructions by the Commodore, Lee-on-Solent, and when employed
at home will be trained and administered by him. Once formed, an S.M.P.
(like a squadron) continues as an entity until disbanded by the Admiralty
and will be available for service at home or abroad. When serving abroad its
personnel may not be changed without prior Admiralty approval. Where sick
ness, death, or other circumstances (such as relief action due to length o f foreign
service or becoming due for foreign service) require the replacement o f an officer or
rating, a trained relief should be requested from the Admiralty or the Commodore,
Lee-on-Solent, as applicable.
8. S.M.Ps. will be allocated to stations and squadrons at home by F.O.N.A:S.
Allocation o f units abroad will be made by the Admiralty to administrative
authorities, and units may be re-allocated, on arrival, at the discretion o f the
administrative authority to stations or squadrons within his area. While attached
to a station or squadron, the S.M.P. is to be under the orders o f the station or
10
11
squadron Commanding Officer for all administrative and disciplinary matters. Its
attachment should normally be for a period o f up to six weeks only and its
members are not to be regarded as augmenting the squadron maintenance
personnel.
9. The parties are to be employed solely on their specialist function and
where this cannot be done, Admiralty instructions are to be sought. Parties at
home when not required for duty with a squadron may be utilized by the School
o f Aircraft Maintenance.
Bar to the Distinguished Service Cross

Captain Christopher Theodore Jellicoe, D.S.O., D.S.C., R.N. (Pulborough, Sussex).
Commander William Alan Frank Hawkins, D.S.O., O.B.E., D.S.C., R .N . (Mevagissey,
Cornwall).
Commander Earle Hathway Thomas, D.S.C., R.N. (Newbury).
Commander (E) Kenneth Morland Symonds, D.S.C., R .N . (Bowdon, Cheshire).
Lieutenant-Commander Graham James Alexander Lumsden, D.S.C., R.N.
(Edinburgh).
Lieutenant-Commander Paul Morrison Bushe Chavasse, D.S.C., R.N. (Lyme Regis).
Lieutenant John Edwin Dyer, D.S.C., R.N.
13C9
10. Application fo r S .M .P . (a) A t Home, application for the services o f an

S.M.P. should be made by signal to F.O.N.A.S., repeated Admiralty and R.N.
Barracks, Lee-on-Solent.
(b)
Abroad, administrative authorities requiring the services o f an S.M.P.
should apply to the Admiralty, giving the reasons for the requirement.
Applications by individijal stations or squadrons should be addressed to the local
administrative authority!.
11. The date o f attachment or detachment o f an S.M.P. to a squadron or
station at home or abroad is to be reported to the administrative authority, repeated
Admiralty, and Combrax/Lee, quoting this Fleet Order.
12. Disposition. The disposition o f S .M .P ^ a t home is shown in the Weekly
State and Programme o f Naval A ir SquadpiJns (short title, S.W.S.P.) issued by
F.O.N.A.S.
13. Particular attention is to be paid to ensuring that the technical publica
tions, personnel tool kits and other equipment approved for its establishment,
invariably accompany an S.M.P. since without them the efficiency o f the party
is seriously impaired.
14. The Officer in charge o f an S.M.P. is responsible that the men in his
unit are in no way penalised as regards their advancement by their special duty,
and should not hesitate to report cases where this may occur to the local senior
administrative officer. Service in a Special Maintenance Party is to count as
service in a squadron for the purpose o f advancement.
Section 2. PERSONNEL, PA Y , SERVICES, DISCIPLINE, etc.

*1310. Honours and Awards London Gazette Supplement of 7th March, 1944
(H. & A . 16 Mar. 1944.)

C e n t r a l C h a n c e r y of t h e O r d e r s of K n ig h t h o o d ,
St. James's Palace, S .W .l.

7th March, 1944.
The K IN G has been graciously pleased to approve the award o f the British
Empire Medal (Military Division) to :
Fireman Kenneth Richard Hellyer, R.234240,
for outstanding services in salvage and repair work on board a
damaged Merchant Vessel.
A d m ir a l t y ,
Whitehall,
7th March, 1944.
The K IN G has been graciously pleased to give orders for the following appoint
ment to the Distinguished Service Order and to approve the following awards :
For gallantry, distinguished service and devotion to duty on the staff
o f the Commander-in-Chief, Home Fleet, and in H.M. Ships' Duke o f
York, Belfast, Norfolk. Sheffield, Jamaica, Savage,
Saumarez, Scorpion, Musketeer, Matchless, Virago and
Opportune during the action in which the Scharnhorst was engaged
and sunk :
To be a Companion of the Distinguished Service Order
Captain (Commodore First Class) William Rudolph Slayter, D.S.C., R.N. (Dunsfold,
Surrey).
1310
The Distinguished Service Cross

Commander Peter Dawnay, M.V.O., R.N . (London).
Commander (E) Hugh Wilson Findlay, R.N.
Commander (E) Harold William Mole, R.N. (Portsmouth).
Commander (E) James Hartley Brandon Dathan, R.N. (Tavistock).
Acting Commander (E) Charles Peter Graham Walker, R .N . (Kings Lynn).
Instructor Commander John Fleming, B.A., R.N. (Blackburn, West Lothian).
Lieutenant-Commander James Hamilton Crawford, R.N. (Bude).
Lieutenant-Commander John Aubrey Meares, R.N. (Hors 11, Surrey).
Lieutenant-Commander Reginald Alfred Phillips Mountifield, R.N. (High Salvington,
Sussex).
Lieutenant-Commander Rupert Charles Purehas Wainwright, R.N. (Portsmouth).
Acting Lieutenant-Commander (E) Robert Charles Heartley Reed, R.N .R . (Saltash).
Lieutenant Stephen Marcus de la Poer Beresford, R.N .
Lieutenant Frank Douglas Holford, R .N . (Wylam, Northumberland).
Lieutenant George William Muirhead, R.N. (Plymouth).
The Reverend Arthur Kenneth Mathews, O.B.E., M.A., Temporary Chaplain,
R .N .V .R. (Bath).
Acting Lieutenant (E) William McCullough Livingston, R.N. (Co. Down).
Temporary Sub-Lieutenant the Honourable Simon George Warrender, R.N.V.R.
(London).
Mr. Kenneth William Cobley, Gunner, R.N. (Salcombe).
Mr. Alexander John Berner, Gunner (T), R.N. (Wootton Bridge, Isle o f Wight).
Mr. Leslie James Napper, Gunner (T), R.N.
Mr. Percival OKell, Gunner (T), R.N .
Mr. Sidney Tom Henry Winkworth, Warrant Engineer, R.N. (Gillingham).
The Conspicuous Gallantry Medal
Petty Officer Frederick William John Wilkes, D/J.111017.
On the 26th December, 1943, when his ship, H.M.S. Saumarez,
was being heavily engaged by the Scharnhorst, sprayed by splinters,
and members o f his torpedo tubes crew were killed or wounded, Petty
Officer Wilkes, Torpedo Gunners Mate, by his leadership, coolness and
splendid example ensured the firing o f the torpedoes.
Bar to the Distinguished Service Medal
Chief Petty Officer Arnold Lee Baldwin, D.S.M., P/J.100380 (Wolverhampton).
The Distinguished Service Medal
Chief Petty Officer William Patrick Foulger, C/JX.127397 (Shotesham, Norfolk).
Chief Petty Officer Frederick Warren Potter, P/J.115332 (Frimley Green).
Chief Petty Officer John Edward Yeo, P/J.78799 (Bournemouth).
Acting Chief Petty Officer Donald Carmichael, D/JX.135164.
Chief Yeoman of Signals Ralph Charles Fuller, B.E.M., C/J.109411.
Chief Petty Officer Telegraphist Edward John Comford, C/J.93419 (Gillingham).
Chief Engine Room Artificer Frederick John Grimmer, C/MX.47134 (Caister-on-Sea)
Chief Engine Room Artificer R oy Walter Frederick Le Page, D/MX.49902,
(Plymouth).
Chief Engine Room Artificer Arthur Leslie Lucking, D/MX.46551.
Chief Engine Room Artificer Francis Frederick Claud Nelmes, D/M.6281 (Plymouth).
Chief Engine Room Artificer Ronald OBrien, C/MX.48425 (Glasgow).
Chief Engine Room Artificer Sydney Charles Rundle, D/MX.47860.
Chief Electrical Artificer Edward Albert Beard, C/M.37731 (Weymouth).
Chief Electrical Artificer Frederick Horace Frank Homblow, D/MX.45679 (St. Ives).
Chief Mechanician Frederick Arthur May, C/K.53205.
Chief Stoker William Cadwallader, D/KX.76007.
;
1310
12
Chief Stoker Harry Edwin Shawyer, C/K.61844 (Nelson, Lancashire).

Engine Room Artificer Third Class Rodger Walker, D/MX.59981.
Engine Room Artificer Third Class Denis Richard Western, P/MX.60438 (Godalming)
Petty Officer W alter Stanley Smith, C/JX.218306 (Deptford).
Petty Officer Robert Lewis Walkey, D/JX.130366.
Temporary Petty Officer Hugh John Miscimmons, D/JX.139034 (Bangor, Co. Down).
Temporary Petty Officer Frederick Charles Leslie Thompson, C/JX.145400 (Woodbridge, Suffolk).
Yeoman o f Signals John Young, C/JX.131436 (Gillingham).
Petty Officer Telegraphist James Ebrey Clare May, D/SSX. 15940.
Engine Room Artificer Fourth Class James Duncan, D/UD/X.1495 (Bootle,
Lancashire).
Engine Room Artificer Fourth Class Victor Charles Nicholls, C/MX.55193 (Southendon-Sea).
Electrical Artificer Arthur John Hazell, D/MX.47213 (Axminster).
Stoker Petty Officer William Leslie Growden, D/K.64236 (St. Austell).
Stoker Petty Officer William Alexander Hammond, C/K.65196 (Cloues, Eire).
Stoker Petty Officer James Harvey, D /KX.88415 (Kilrush, Eire).
Stoker Petty Officer Alfred L evi Cecil Harvey, C/K.61951 (Charing, Kent).
Stoker Petty Officer George Pilkington, D/K.64474 (Manchester).
Petty Officer Wireman Ronald Jack Pettitt, D/MX.63108 (Bristol).
Acting Petty Officer Radio Mechanic Ronald William Colton, P/MX.99675 (Bulpham,
Essex).
Sergeant William Eggar Jenkins, Ply.X.756, R.M. (Plymouth).
Bandmaster First Class Douglas Zenas Colls, R.M.B.2631 (Birmingham).
Bandmaster Second Class Clifford Joseph Burley, R.M.B.X.160 (Kempston, Bedford).
Leading Seaman Cornelius McCarthy, D/J.96991 (Baltimore, Co. Cork).
Temporary Leading Seaman William Anderson, C/SSX.21081 (Possilpark, Glasgow).
Acting Leading Seaman R oy Nightingale, P/JX.223023 (Darwen, Lancashiie).
Leading Telegraphist John Caldwell Campbell, P/JX.171062 (Renfrew).
Temporary Acting Leading Telegraphist Leonard Walker, D/JX.233352 (Monkseaton, Northumberland).
Temporary Leading Stoker John Cranston, C/KX.90123 (Limehouse, London).
Temporary Acting Leading Stoker Arthur Harry Perkins, D/KX.103481 (Bath).
Leading Canteen Assistant Gordon Horton Leonard Jewitt, Ch/NX.1980 (Grimsby).
Corporal (Temporary) David Charles Henry Eason, Ch.X.120, R.M. (Walthamstow).
Ordnance Mechanic Fourth Class Gerald Frederick Turney Burgess, P/MX.98384
(Leighton Buzzard).
Able Seaman Francis Breen, D/JX.170909.
Able Seaman Herbert Joseph Burgess, C/JX.301469 (Sevenoaks).
Able Seaman Norman Lambert, C/JX.420245 (Salford).
Able Seaman Edward McKay, D/MX. 100044 (Burnley).
Able Seaman W illiam Raymond Sanders, P/JX.240599 (Swansea).
Able Seaman Edward Walter Starck, D/JX.260221 (London).
Able Seaman Sidney Arthur Stevens, D/JX.328015.
Able Seaman Leslie Richard Stone, C/SSX.20920 (Rushden, Northants).
Signalman William Lewens Ray, D/JX. 191380.
Telegraphist Kenneth Anthony Chanot, P/JX.246323 (Aldershot).
Stoker First Class John Ferguson Clements, D/KX. 108110.
Stoker First Class Arthur Frederick Fursland, P / K X .116120 (Bridgewater).
Stoker First Class Leslie William Moody, C/KX. 166007 (East Dulwich).
Mechanician Albert Henry Mortimore, D/K.30327 (St. Austell).
Marine Cecil George Hardy, P ly .X .2104, R.M. (Walton-on-Thames).
Ordinary Seaman Kenneth Leslie Bostock, D/JX.416732.
Ordinary Signalman William Clifford Howard, D/JX.340853.
Mention in Despatches (Posthumous)
Chief Stoker William Lynch, D/K.62876 (Preston).
Leading Seaman Bernard Gilham Hall, P/JX.255202.
Mention in Despatches
Constructor Captain Neville Green Holt, R.C.N.C. (Bath).
Commander George David Archibald Gregory, D.S.O., R.N . (Perth).
Commander Terence Augustus K er Maunsell, R.N. (Henley, Surrey).
Commander (E) John Roland Patterson, D.S.C., R.N. (Lanark).
Surgeon Lieutenant-Commander John Denis Lendrum, M.B., Ch.B., D.P.H.,
R .N .V.R. (Harpenden).
13
1310
Acting Paymaster Lieutenant-Commander Peter White, R.N. (Amersham).

Lieutenant John Alexander Jeffreys Dennis, D.S.C., R.N. (West Kirby, Cheshire).
Lieutenant Michael Patrick Pollock, R.N. (Pontesbury).
Lieutenant Llewellyn Fred Scillitoe, M.B.E., R.N. (Gillingham).
Lieutenant Denis Furnivall Swithinbank, D.S.C., R.N. (Eltham).
Lieutenant John Leslie West, D.S.C., R.N. (London).
Lieutenant (E) Kenneth Richard Montague Sandford, R .N . (Usaka, N. Rhodesia).
Lieutenant (E) George Lefroy Yorke, R.N. (Nantwich).
Acting Lieutenant (E) Charles Weston Frederick Bass, D.S.C., R.N.
Acting Lieutenant (E) Leonard Horace Colwill, R.N. (Plymouth).
Temporary Lieutenant Laurence Herbert Longley-Cook, M.A., R.N .V.R. (Tunbridge
Wells).
Temporary Lieutenant William Watson McGillivray, R.N .V.R. (Maidenhead).
Temporary Surgeon Lieutenant John Philip W hitby Grant, M.B., Ch.B., R.N .V.R.
Temporary Instructor Lieutenant Leonard Thomas Draycott, B.Sc., R.N.
(Nuneaton).
Temporary Instructor Lieutenant Donald MacDonald MacPhee, M.A., R.N. (Oban).
Temporary Acting Lieutenant Keith Julyan Day, R.N .V.R. (Fritton).
Captain John Allen Gilks, R.M. (Leamington Spa).
Sub-Lieutenant Gordon John Dodd, R.N. (York).
Temporary Sub-Lieutenant Anthony Thomas Napierala, R.N .V.R. (Dorking).
Temporary Sub-Lieutenant Peter James Spicer, R.N.V.R.
Temporary Acting Sub-Lieutenant Denis Frederick Wicks, R.N.V.R. (North
Finchley, London).
Midshipman William Victor Spiers Green, R.N .R . (Liverpool).
Mr. Alfred George Hancock, Gunner, R.N. (Stoke, Devonport).
Mr. Frederick Reginald Northam, Gunner, R .N . (Ermington, South Devon).
Mr. Gilbert Simpson, Gunner, R.N. (Fyffe).
Mr. Cecil W dliam Daniels, D.S.C., Gunner (T), R.N. (Dagenham).
Mr. W illiam Horace W ithy, Gunner, R.N. (Sheerness).
Mr. Edwin John Webber, Warrant Telegraphist, R.N. (Okehampton, Devonshire).
Mr. Percy Ernest Jordan Quantick, Temporary Warrant Shipwright, R.N .
(Plymouth).
Chief Petty Officer James Albert Collis, C/J.108896 (Rochester).
Chief Yeoman o f Signals Edward Alfred Stanley Steere, D/J.69320.
Chief Petty Officer Telegraphist Hugh Mario Mitcalfe Dale, D/J.100371 (Stratfordon-Avon).
Chief Petty Officer Telegraphist Alfred John Reader, P/JX.129192 (Pretoria, South
Africa)
Chief Engine Room Artificer Alfred Leslie Barnes, C/M.3S748 (Crawley Down,
Sussex).
Chief Electrical Artificer David McConnachie, P/MX.53651 (Ayr).
Temporary Acting Chief Electrical Artificer Frederick Claude Pattinson,
D/MX.48602 (Shipley, Yorkshire).
Chief Stoker Oswald Bamber, D/K.64238 (Preston).
Chief Stoker Leslie Charles Guy Woon, D/KX.75423 (Plymouth).
Chief Petty Officer Cook (S) George Henry Rowswell, D/M.36523 (Greenford,
Middlesex).
Engine Room Artificer First Class Charles Reginald Louton Clarke, P/M. 14989
(Fareham).
Engine Room Artificer Second Class John Ernest Elias Penny, D/MX.51385
(Plymouth).
Engine Room Artificer Third Class William Humphry Spiller, D/MX.56724.
Electrical Artificer Fourth Class Norman John Francis, D/MX.93519 (Accrington).
Ordnance Artificer First Class Frederick Alexander Unwin, C/M.37068 (Ayston
Hill, Shrewsbury).
Shipwright First Class Fred Axon, D/M.27433 (Callington).
Shipwright Fourth Class Wilfred Gerald Christopher, D/MX.73024 (Marlborough.)
Petty Officer Albert Nathan Llewellyn Joy, D/JX.147478.
Petty Officer George Sheppard, D/JX. 132698.
Petty Officer Peter Welsh, P/JX. 130539 (Kirkaldy).
Petty Officer William Lewis Young, D/JX. 137072.
Temporary Petty Officer George Dring, D/JX. 141021 (Bodmin, Cornwall).
Temporary Petty Officer John William Mallabum, D/J.89819 (Tooting, S.W.17).
Acting Petty Officer Thomas Robert McHaffey, C/JX.139241 (Chatham).
Temporary Acting Petty Officer Richard Donald Baldry, C/JX.145377 (Ipswich).
1310
14
Temporary Acting Petty Officer Thomas Ronald Gridley, C/JX.140815 (Harwich).

Temporary Acting Petty Officer William Johnscone, P/SSX.23744 (Stranraer).
Temporary Acting Petty Officer Henry Hezekiah Smith, D/JX. 157165 (Preston).
Yeoman o f Signals Frank Broad, C/JX.132961 (Sittingboume, Kent).
Yeoman o f Signals William Horace Elford, P/JX.140721 (Brighton).
Yeoman o f Signals Walter Harold Gadsden, C/JX.133004 (Sfcrood).
Yeoman of Signals Alec William Thomas Raisev, P/JX.138739 (Gourock).
Temporary Acting Yeoman of Signals Sydney George Rhodes, P/JX.163019
(Laming, Sussex).
Petty Officer Telegraphist Cyril Dennis George Linkin, C/JX.133984 (Folkestone).
Stoker Petty Officer Wilfred Burke, D/KX.79140.
Stoker Petty Officer Alee George Dengate, C/K.62456 (Margate).
Stoker Petty Officer John Hadyn Gurmin, D/KX.83353.
Acting Stoker Petty Officer Enoch Davies, D/KX.76292.
Petty Officer Radio Mechanic Hubert Douglas Reynolds, P/MX.89122 (Lewes,
Sussex).
Temporary Supply Petty Officer Sydney Garden Hutcheson, C/MX.67127 (Aber
deen).
Petty Officer Cook Albert Thomas Mills, C/MX.48116 (Parkestone, Harwich).
Electrical Mechanician Fourth Class William Cowan, C/MX.96282 (Kirkconnel,
Dumfries-shire).
Electrical Mechanician Fourth Class Charles Gavan Duffy, D/JX.256743 (Liverpool).
Sergeant Daniel James, Ply.X.437, R.M. (Hawick, Roxburghshire).
Leading Seaman Ronald Green Lomax, P/JX.2S4302 (Oswaldtwistle).
Leading Seaman Harold Christopher Preece, D/J.43596 (Cardiff).
Leading Seaman Stanley Arthur Prince, O/JX.263267 (Carshalton, Surrey).
Temporary Leading Seaman Jack Beck, D/JX.152875 (Wakefield).
Temporary Leading Seaman George ETow ird Cutler, D/SR.620 (Walthamstow).
Temporary Leading Seaman Leonard Fisher, D/X.18239A.
Temporary Leading Seaman Sidney Edwin Thomas, D/JX.295753 (Preston).
Temporary Acting Leading Seaman Sidney Garston, D/JX.219970 (Stanmore,
Middlesex).
Temporary Acting Leading Seaman Benjamin David Jones, D/JX.257613 (Greenfoid, Middlesex).
Temporary Acting Leading Seaman Charles Reid, C/JX.336061 (Dundee).
Leading Signalman Douglas Alan Smith, C/JX.185214 (East Runton, Norfolk).
Leading Telegraphist W ilfred Maitland Hicks, D/JX.309141.
Lsading Stoker John Thomas Cormack, D /KX.92237.
Temporary Acting Leading Stoker Samuel Leslie Clark, D/KX.112517 (Plymouth).
Temporary Acting Leading Stoker Thomas Welch, D /KX.120486 (Newport, Mon.).
Temporary Leading Coder Frederick William Train, D/JX.196301 (Plymouth).
Able Seaman Thomas Arnold Dearing, P J X .310374 (Huddersfield).
Able Seaman William Gabbott Foster, C/SSX.32835 (Worcester).
Able Seaman William Thomas Knock, C/J.97678 (Tottenham).
Able Seaman Joe Lloyd, P/JX.303352 (Stockport).
Able Seaman Arthur Mack, P/JX.367306 (Cheadle).
Able Seaman Angus Macpherson, C/JX.351578 (Portree, Isle o f Skye).
Able Seaman Gerald William Ricketts, D JX. 170987 (Barboums, Worcs.).
Able Ssaman David George Taylor, D J X .213024.
Stoker First Class George Barker, D K X .97504.
Stoker First Class Alfred Albert William Fry, C/KX. 122385 (London).
Stoker First Class Thomas Hall, D K X . 132171 (Preston).
Coder Ronald Edward Tamlyn, C, JX.360600 (East Barnet, Herts).
Musician James Steward Cameron, R.M.B.X. 1667 (Bebington, Cheshire).
Signal Boy Harry Ings, P/JX.292089 (Portsmouth).
For outstanding courage and skill in action with the enemy in Light
Coastal C ra ft:
Lieutenant James Ralph Hilbom Kirkpatrick, R.C.N.V.R. (Stanford Bridge).
The Distinguished Service Medal
Leading Motor Mechanic Frederick Herbert Daw, P/MX.503859 (Bristol).
Leading Motor Mechanic Richard Muirooney, P/MX.99486 (Liverpool).
Able Seaman George Fraser Anderson, D, JX.349698 (Tillicoultry, Scotland).
15
1310
Acting Temporary Lieutenant-Commander Donald Gould Bradford, D.S.C., R.N.R(London).
Temporary Sub-Lieutenant Ivone Kinross, R .N .V.R. (Sunbury-on-Thames).
For outstanding skill while serving in H.M.S. Romney in shooting
down an enemy aircraft which attempted to attack a convoy :
Temporary Leading Seaman John Carlisle Oliver, D JX.153839.
Able Seaman Charles Sidney Tresidder, D/SSX.27975.
For coolness and courage under aerial bombardment:
Mr. Percival Thomas Seaman, Temporary Warrant Engineer, R.N .R. (Southampton).
Acting Petty Officer Motor Mechanic William George Bright, C/MX.125551
(Deptford).
For good services in a defensively equipped Merchant Ship under
heavy and continuous air attack :
Temporary Acting Leading Seaman Francis Peter Rawling, P/JX.213238 (Leeds).
For good services when the ship in which he was serving was
torpedoed :
Acting Able Seaman William Edward Fletcher, C/JX.31265^6 (Darlington, Co.
Durham).
1311. Honours and Awards Polish Navy
(H . & A. 89/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

The K in g has been graciously pleased to approve the follow ing awards
fo r good services in O .R.P. Blyskawica in the North A frican cam p aign:
Sub-Lieutenant Mieczyslaw Jozef Wozniak, Polish Navy.
The Distinguished Service M edal
Engineer Chief P etty Officer Mieczyslaw Maslakowski, 404/A.
P etty Officer W alenty Serafin, 1724/A.
Ordinary Seaman Jozef Pokrywa, 76/42.
2. These awards w ill not be gazetted.
1312. E.As. (L.C.) Advancement
(N ./D .P .S . 615/43/M. 16 Mar. 1944.)

The normal rules for advancement of E.As. are to apply to E.As. (L.C .),
a satisfactory completion of the special course at the G.T.C., Letch worth,
being taken as the equivalent o f the qu alifyin g examination in the Torpedo
School.
2. E.As. 5th class (L .C .) should, therefore, be advanced to A cting E.A.
4th class (L .C .) on completing their course at the G.T.C., Letchworth, i f they
have attained the age of 21, or on completing 12 months service above the
age o f 19g, vide K.R . & A .I. Appendix X V I I , as amended by K .R . 1/41.
3. The provisions o f paragraph 2 o f A.F.O . 3799/41 are to apply to
E.As. (L .C .) The certificate o f competence required by paragraph 3 o f
that order should be awarded by the Electrical Officer at the Combined
Operations Base, in the absence of a Torpedo Officer who w ill not be
available. Provided ratings are considered worthy of this certificate, they
should not be debarred from obtaining advancement i f they are considered
deserving o f it.
(K .R . dc A .I. Appendix X V I I . )
(A .F .O . 3799/il.)
1313. Electrical Mechanics (L.C.) Advancement of
(N ./ D .P .S . 615/43/M. 16 Mar. 1944.)

The normal rules for advancement in the mechanic branches as laid down
in A .F.O . 4838/41 et seq., are to apply to Electrical Mechanics (L .C .), and
the completion of the course at the G.T.C., Letchworth, should be considered
the equivalent o f the completion o f train ing in the torpedo school.
(A . F . O . 888/41.)
1314
16
*1314. Air Maintenance Ratings Advancement
(N. 3061/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)

Attention is drawn to the fact that Air Mechanic and Air Fitter ratings who were
specially advanced under the provisions o f A.F.O. 2015/43 must pass E .T .l. and
trade tests before confirmation in racing or further advancement.
2. Commanding Officers should bring this to the notice o f ratings concerned
and encourage them to take the examinations as early as possible.
3. No further advancements are to be made under A.F.O. 2015/43, but the
particulars o f men who, on account o f their qualifications in civil life are suitable
for early advancement, should be referred to the Admiralty for special consideration.
(A .F.O . 2015143 is cancelled.)
1315. Advancement Failure to Take Appropriate Examinations, etc.
Form S.234, Notation On
(N.5706/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

Commanding Officers are to cause the following additional information to be
noted on Form S.264 (Divisional Record), by divisional officers where appropriate :
() Where a man who is eligible by service, etc., fails to take the necessary
examination for higher rating the reason why he has not applied
and/or had his name put forward for such examination.
() The reason why a man for whose advancement no qualification and/or
examination is necessary, has not been brought forward for advance
ment when eligible.
A
ae-n
/1318. Courses ior Petty Officer and Leading Seaman
(N ./T .S .D . 90/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

Their Lordships have been considering steps to assist and encourage
A ble Seamen and Leading Seamen (N .Q .) to pass professionally fo r Leading
Seaman, and Leading Seaman to pass professionally for Petty Officer. They
appreciate the difficulties which exist under wartime conditions, particularly
in small ships, for ratings to gain the practical training and experience
required to pass the necessary examinations, am H iave accordingly decided
to institute two courses, v iz .:
( 1) A six-week Leading Seaman getirse open to Able Seamen and
Leading Seamen (N .Q .) q u a l i f y them for advancement to
Leading Seaman. This^Sourse w ill be held in H .M .S. Ganges.
(2) A five-week Petty Officer course open to Leading Seamen (acting
or confirmed) to ^ fu a lify them for advancement to Petty Officer.
This course wi-tl be held in H .M .S. Excalibur.
2. Classes of 24 (Jyfcom each depot) w ill be formed w ^ k ly for each course
and drafted to th/r'appropriate establishnaeorO from^jfefiots.
3. Both confses are designed not only w j i M n candidates professionally
to the s ta p ^ r d required to pass for l^ h e r r a t in g , but also to inculcate a
sense ofêsponsihility and improve ybStt qualities of leadership and selfreliance. The/Professional examination for advancement to higher rating
required by
& A .I., AppasCcKx X I I , P a rt 22A, will/be included in each
4. P a rt 11, i.e^dy^-'m ial fortnight o f the Petty Officer course, w ill be
open also tnfaîim i(jigiPnumber of Leading Seam gjfor Leading Stokers, acting
or confirm4,(wBo are qualified professionally^tor P etty Officer, and also to
junior acwii^gjOT confirmed Seamen Petty/Officers or Stoker Petty Officers.
This pa/t of the course is non-technicaJU6nd each depot may send a total o f
4 o f tbese ratings weekly to undergcr it.
5. As a special concession to hrnior ratings of outstanding ability, Their
Lordships have decided that apy candidate o f proven ability who reaches a
certain standard and passes CKit at the top of his class in the Leading Seaman
course may be rated (TyA /A ctin g Leading Seaman and sent on to undergo
the Petty Officer coursg/forthwith. Such rating, i f successful in the Petty
Officer course, may, arfter six months sea service as an acting or confirmed
Leading S e a m a n ,a d v a n c e d to (T y .) A cting P etty Officer i f recommended
by his Commanding Officer at the time. The Service Certificate of such
ratings is to^bear the notification Passed professionally for P etty Officer
(A .F.O . 1316/44)/' follow ed by the date o f q u alifyin g in H .M .S.
Exealibur. This date w ill, as usual, he his basic date and w ill determine
his seniority as a (T y .) A cting Petty Officer.
17
1316
6.
CommiHjding Officers are"to~ensTm lliat tfll eligible ratings drafted to
depots h a j y ^ i f recommended, a notation made on their d raft notes
" Recojaamewaed
Recommended for Petty
Officer course, whichever iscajoplieafel:1317. Scales of Supply Staffs
(N. 16 Mar. 1944.)

In view o f the larger numbers o f men and craft attached to various naval bases,
it has been necebsary to extend Tables II , I I I and IV o f A.F.O. 2102/43. These
tables have accordingly been revised and the following tables are to be substituted
for those shown in A.F.O. 2102/43.
2.
In addition, item (6) (ii) o f the Appendix to A.F.O. 2102/43 is to be amended
to read Numbers on Lodging and/or Provision Allowances and/or billeted .
Table I I
Complements of Supply Ratings fo r Bases
Accounts carried : Large ships accounts, i.e. S.83, Part 1 ; S.83, Part I I ;
8.1050, etc. ; also reserves o f all kinds o f stores.
Victualling Duties
Numbers
Victualled
S.C.P.0
and
L.S.A
Sy.P.O
1RA_ il'lA
251- 500 ...
1
501- 750 ...
1
751- 1,000 ...
1
1,001- 1,400 ... T A
1,401- 1.700 ...
1
1,701- 2,000 ...
2
2,001- 2,400 ...
2
2,401- 2,800 ...
2
2,801- 3,200 ...
2
3,201- 3,600 ...
2
O
o
A AAA
Z
4,001- 4,400 ...
2
4,401- 4,800 ...
2
4,801- 5,200 ...
3
5,201- 5,600 ...
3
5,601- 6,000 ...
3
6,001- 6,400 ...
3
6,401- 6,800 ...
3
6,801- 7,200 ...
3
7,201- 7,600 ...
3
7,601- 8,000 ...
3
8,001- 8,400 ...
3
8,401- 8,800 ...
3
8,801- 9,200 ...
3
9,201- 9,600 ... j
3
9,601-10,000 ... :
3
'
_
.
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
zo
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
S.A.
Clothing and
Implement Duties*
S.C.P.O
and
L.S.A
Sy.P.O
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
7
7
8
8
8
8
9
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3 ^ '
S.C.P.0
and
L.S.A
Sy.P.O
S.A.
S.A.
Naval Store
Duties
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2'
2
3
3
3
3
3 !
3
4
4
'
4
4
1
2
2
2.
3
3
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
7
7
8
By
S
9
9
10
_
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
%/
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
8
8
9
9
9
9
"
and thereafter 1 S.A. for every-800 or part o f 800 in excess o f :
() Victualling duties
...
... 10,400
() Clothing and Implement duties 10,400
(c) Naval Store duties
...
... 10,000
The staffs for Clothing and Implement duties are to be assessed on the numbers
borne for victuals plus the numbers on Lodging and/or Provision allowances and/or
billeted.
18
1317
19
Table I I I
Large Tenders ( Destroyers, etc.)
1317
and thereafter 1 S.A. for every 40 or part o f 40 tenders in excess o f :

(a) Victualling duties
...
... 250
(b) Clothing and Implement duties
270
(c) Naval Store duties
...
... 250
* Clothing and Implement duties to be carried out by Victualling Staff.
Note. F ifty per cent, o f the number o f S.C.P.Os. and Sy. P.Os. produced
by totalling those allowed by Tables II , I I I and IV , under each o f the following
two groups, may be C.P.Os. :
(i) Victualling and Naval Store Duties.
(ii) Clothing and Implement Duties and Loan Clothing and Mess Trap
Accounts .
In each group an odd rating is always to be a Petty Officer.
(A.F.Os. 2102/43 and 2479/43.)
(A.F.Os. 3395/43 and 3788/43 are cancelled.)
*1318. Seaman Buglers Non-Substantive Fay
(N ./ D .P .S . 102/44/M. 16 Mar. 1944.)

The increase in non-substantive pay for buglers authorised in A.F.O .
2136/42 is to apply to all Seaman Buglers including boys.
(A .F .O . 2136/iS.)
and thereafter 1 S.A. for every 20 or part o f 20 tenders in excess o f :

160
() Victualling Accounts ...
170
() Loan Clothing, etc.
In addition, Muster Staffs are allowed as follows :
Above 20 tenders ...
40 tenders and above
flfO
(N./A.S.W. 258. 16 Mar. 1944.)
1 S.C.P.O. or Sy. P.O.

2 S.C.P.O. or Sy. P.O.
Table I V
Small Tenders (Trawlers, etc.)
Victualling Duties
Clothing and
Implement Duties
S.C.P.O.
S.C.P.O.
S.C.P.O.
L.S.A. S.A.
L.S.A. S.A.
and
and
L.S.A. S.A.
and
Sy.P.O.
Sy.P.O.
Sy.P.O.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
4
4
5
5
5
5
_
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
*
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
Special audiometers have been supplied to the principal Naval hospitals to

facilitate the aural examination o f candidates for Submarine Detector and to
avoid inconvenience and waste o f time in drafting unsuitable ratings. Such
candidates should not be accepted unless they can attain an aural threshold o f
not less than 30 decibels o f loss in each ear on a basic frequency o f 1,000 cvcles
per second and can attain a pitch discrimination o f not more than 30 cycles above
and 30 cycles below the basic frequency o f 1,000 cycles per second.
2. There must be no evidence o f past or present ear disease or injury and
those suffering from chronic catarrh or sinusitis and who have unhealthy tonsil
or adenoids should be excluded. An immaculate ear is essential.
Naval Store
Duties
No. o f Tenders
10- 20
21- 30
31- 50
51- 70
71- 90
91-110
111-130
131-150
151-170
171-190
191-210
211-230
231-250
1319. Selection and Aural Care ol SD Ratings
1
2
3
34
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
3. Figures for the aural threshold and pitch discrimination o f successful

candidates are to be forwarded by the hospital concerned to the Commanding
Officer, H.M.S. Nimrod , with a reference to this order. Candidates who are
unable to undergo this aural examination at one o f the principal Naval hospitals
will be examined on joining H.M.S. Nimrod .
4. It is important that the hearing o f submarine detector ratings should
always be as perfect as possible. All ratings o f this branch should have their ears
examined by a medical officer every three months in order to discover and correct
any irritation caused by the wearing o f headphones (especially in hot climates)
disease, wax or any other condition which might reduce their aural efficiency.
Ratings in small ships not carrying a medical officer should be sent to the Base
Medical Officer for this purpose.
5. On each occasion o f examination a notification is to be made on the ratings
Medical History Sheet.
6. Ratings o f the Submarine Detector Branch should not be exposed to gun
blast and when bathing, especially in tropical or sub-tropical waters, their ears
should be properly protected.
(A .F .O . 1773/41 is cancelled.)
20
21
1320. Torpedo Ratings at Coastal Force Bases (at Home)-Replacement by

W.R.N.S. Personnel
o f an amount not less than the qu alifyin g rate appropriate to his pay. The
Forms W .S .G .21 and 496, after certification by the Accountant Officer, should
be sent to the Director o f N a vy Accounts or the appropriate Royal Marine
Division attached to the allotm ent declaration ( Form, S.63).
1320
(N . 30091/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)

The follow in g scale o f replacement of male Torpedo ratings in Coastal
Force Bases at home by W .R .N .S. personnel has been approved in substitution
o f existing arrangements (A .F .O . 1178/43, paragraph 4) :
( i ) A ll L.T.O. and Leading Wiremen ( L ) allowed in complement to be
replaced by Leading W .R .N .S. (T / L ) or (T / W ).
( i i ) Seventy-five per cent, o f S.T. and 50 per cent, of Wiremen (L )
allowed in complement to be replaced by Wrens (T ). One months
overlap is allowed in the replacement o f Wiremen (L ).
2. Replacement should proceed as trained W .R .N .S. personnel become
available and provided they can be accommodated. Arrangements should be
made direct between the Bases and Superintendent, W .R .N .S., Portsmouth
( vide A.F.O . 2946/43).
(A.F.Os. 1178/43 and 2946/43.)
4. A claim for Dependant s Allowance made by a new entrant before

entry, accompanied in many instances by a report by the Assistance Board
on the circumstances o f the dependant, may be received in the Entry Estab
lishment with the Posting Roll. A n y such claim (which may be on Form 496
o r on A rm y Form 0-1700-2), and the Assistance Board report, and any
application on Form W .S.G .21 for a continuing W ar Service Grant, should
be sim ila rly attached to the A llotm ent D eclaration (F o rm S.63).
5. A ny application on Form W .S .G .21 made by a married new entrant
fo r a continuing W ar Service Grant should sim ilarly be attached to the
origin a l Form S.63 on which he declares an allotment to his wife.
(A .F .O . 1078/44.)
1024. The R.N. Fire Force Administration of
<1%
(E.F.O./N./L.D.(P.D.)068/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)
1321. General Service Radio Mechanics Tool Kits
,<N.S. 22099/43. 16 Mar, 1944.)

The following amendment is to be made to A;F.O. 394/44 :
Delete 6736D Wire, rubber "insulated ,
Insert
Wire, insulated
2. The necessary wire should be drawn from store as required.
1323
The references at end o f A.F.O. 1193/44 are to read as follows

K .R . & A .I., Article 407.)
(C .A .F.O . 1864/42 and A.F.Os. 5250/42 and 654/44.)
{A.F.Os. 4366/41, 5515/42, 5516/42, 1917a/43, 3153/43, 4057/43, 4541/43 and
4693/43 are cancelled.)
(A .F.O . 1193/44.)
(A .F.O . 394/44.)
1325. R.N. Fire Force Transfer to Marking of Pay and Identity Books
1322. H.M.S. Spartan Reconstruction of Accounts
(N ./L.D . (P .D .) 352/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)
(D .N .A . 3664/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)
On transfer to the R .N . F ire Force, the P a y and Id en tity Books of

ratings are to be clearly marked Stoker (F .F .) and the letter 1D , i.e.
Devonport, inserted before the official number, where necessary, the former
letter, e.g., P or C being lined through.
Ships and establishments concerned are to forw ard the follow in g docu
ments as soon as possible after receipt o f this Order, to :
The Accountant Officer,
Reconstruction of Accounts Office,
F oxh ill Hutments,
Adm iralty, Bath.
(a ) Duplicate pay documents (including nominal transfer lists) for
all officers and ratings discharged to H .M .S. Spartan on
or after 1st September, 1943.
( b) A copy o f pay documents (including nominal transfer lists)
received for a ll officers and ratings entered from H .M .S.
Spartan since 1st October, 1943.
1323. Applications for W ar Service Grants Accounting Instructions
(D .N .A . 3819/44 16 Mar. 1944.)

A.F.O. 1078/44 of the 2nd March, 1944, outlines the scope of the W ar
Service Grant Scheme and directs (Appendix, paragraph (5) (b ) ) that
applications by serving ratings are to be made on Form W .S.G .21 and, after
certification of the Service particulars by the Accountant Officer, are to be
sent to the Director o f N a v y Accounts, or, in the ease o f the R oyal Marines,
to the Paymaster o f the appropriate Division.
2. An application fo r a W ar Service Grant (other than an Emergency
G rant) to a dependant other than a w ife or child cannot be considered by the
M in istry of Pensions until the elig ib ility o f the dependant for Service
Dependants Allowance has been determined.
3. A n y rating or other rank, therefore, who makes an application on
Form W .S.G .21 fo r a continuing W ar Service Grant to a dependant, and
who has not previously claimed Dependants Allowance fo r that dependant,
should be called upon to do so on Form 496 and, i f he is not already allotting
to the dependant, should be required to declare on allotment to the dependant
2. In order to check the position o f ratings transferred in the past, the

books o f all R .N .F .F . personnel (permanent element) should be scrutinized
and these entries made as necessary.
3. I t should be clearly understood that P a y and Id en tity Books should
be marked Stoker (F .F .) and the official number prefixed with Devonport
o n ly were ratings are transferring permanently to the R .N . F ire Force and
not in the follow in g cases:
( 1) Ratings in the tem porary element,
(2) Ratings who have undergone the normal F ire F igh tin g course
included in Passive Defence T rain in g in accordance with
C.A.F.O. 2499/42,
(3) Ratings who have undergone the Ship F ire Fightin g Course in
accordance with A .F.O . 2588/43.
4. Considerable confusion has been caused by omissions and by incorrect
entries and Commanding Officers should ensure that the proper procedure
is carried out, and amendments made where necessary.
(T H
(C .A .F .O . 2499/42 and A .F .O . 2588/43.)
1326. Uniform Compensation for Loss of or Damage to Ratings OnlyJ
(N.L. 3350/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

The following revised method o f assessment o f ratings claims for compensation
in respect o f the loss rtf or damage tt> uniform is to be adopted in future-: ""
(a) Total losp j>f articles. Provided the conditions laid down in K .R . & A .I.
1637, /liuse'l arfii fulfilled, compensation based on the current issuing
price of new lariieles, may, at the discretion g f the ' Commanding
Officekie allowed in full, either in cash orJyjad,'for all losses o f compul
sory and optional articles within tlj^tjuantities o f the regulation kit
1326
23
22
laid down for the rating concerned, and no deduction should be made
ect o f any articles over and above the regulation kit remaining
uHfhe ratings possession after the loss.
(6) Damaged, uniform.j3Plie above procedure algo applies to claims in respect
o f damage to /dniform except that Ahe ami unt of conpensation
awarded is
be based on the estimated reduction in value o f the
articles as a,Result o f the damage, i.e., the difference in value immediately
before and after the damage.
/
ton articles are damaged beyond repair, full compensation may be allowed.
(A.F.Os. 3917/41 and 461/43.)
1327. Plain Clothes Gratuity and Civilian Clothing on Discharge
(V./1/652/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

A.F.O. 4803/43 is to be amended as follows
Paragraph 10 is to be amplified to read :
10. Ratings invalided who elect to receive the gratuity should be paid the
appropriate amount by the hospital, with the advance authorised by A.F.O. 3670/43,
before they are sent to their homes, except as provided in paragraph 12.
2. A new paragraph is to be added to read :
12. Ratings in R.N. hospitals who, prior to discharge, are sent on leave
pending the satisfactory fitment of an artificial limb, are to be paid the plain clothes
gratuity, or supplied with civilian clothing in lieu under the conditions detailed
above, when they are sent on such leave.
(A.F.Os. 3670143, 4S03/43 and 6093/43.)
(O.-in-C., Plymouth's No. 170/PLY710 of 14 Jan. 1944.)
1328. Overtime Payments Non-Industrial Employees Arrangements under the
Pay-as-you-Earn Income Tax Deduction Scheme
(C.E. 3578/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

Where possible, overtime should in future be paid with salaries and wages
with the object o f minimising references to the Tax Tables and of avoiding uneven
ness in the incidence o f Income Tax. A recognized working programme should be
arranged where necessary.
2. It should be noted that a heavy payment o f aggregated overtime made in
the first few weeks of the Income Tax year will, particularly in the case of weekly
wages, result in unevenness in the incidence of tax, a substantial tax deduction
from overtime being followed by repayment on subsequent pay days. This should
be avoided by arranging, if necessary, for a special payment of overtime in the
last week of the present and future Income Tax years ending on the 5th April.
Payment o f overtime between the 1st and 5th April, 1944, is to be made without
deduction of tax.
3. In the case o f salaried staff paid monthly, the period for which the payment
of overtime is made with salary should normally cover a period of four or five
weeks by reference to a fixed Saturday in the month. Any revised programme
introduced under such arrangements should provide for overtime to be paid not
later than one month from the end o f the overtime period. Payment of not less
than two weeks overtime should be made with salary at the end of the month in
which the change is introduced.
4. In the case of Junior Executive Officers, Higher Clerical Officers and other
officers receiving payment for overtime on a similar basis, separate instructions are
contained in A.F.O. 1443/44 under which overtime may be paid on the appropriate
weekly basis : i.e., for hours in excess of 46 hours if the officer is conditioned to a
weekly attendance o f 42 hours and for hours in excess o f 48 hours if the officer is
conditioned to a weekly attendance of 44 hours. Any current four-weekly overtime
cycles which are unfinished on the 18th March should accordingly be wound up on
that date and treated as a separate claim, payment being computed on the new
weekly basis and paid before the 6th April, 1944. Thereafter, overtime should be
computed on the new basis and payment made together with salary for the
calendar month.
(A .F .O . 1443/44).
1329
*1329. Provision Allowance, Etc., for Naval Officers and Ratings and Members
of the W.R.N.S.
d fo 1
(V . 2/7776/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)

W ith reference to A .F.O . 5719/43, paragraph 8, and A.F.O . 26/44,
paragraph 6, the follow ing revised daily rates o f allowances, etc., are to be
applied with effect from 1st March, 1944 :
Provision allowance :
s. d.
s. d.
............ ..4 1
N aval Officers
M e n ...................
3 4
W .R .N .S. Officers ............ ..3 3
W .R .N .S. ratings .
2 8
Leave allowance
............ ..3 4
W.R.N^JS-r-leave allowance ... 2 8
calling allowance
LF.O . 2815/41)
............ .. 2 7
2.
?af e for the deduction from pay o f Royal Marine Police (other
ranks) nc Pensioner Recruiters fo r subsistence while in hospital is 2s. 8d.
a day.
3. The charges^for meals taken in ratings messes of Fleet establishments,
or in W .R .N .S . quavers, payableHp the Crown by personnel in receipt of
provision allowance, râ s follow s:()'
, N aval Officers
(b )
W .R .N .S. Officers
and Ratings
d.
Breakfast
D in n e r
r
Tea
0 6
Supper \ s
0 9|
Personnel in receipt o/f. provision allowance^hold ration cardsând the
provision of meals from N^val messes fo r thesVêrspnnel should therefore
be confined to meals whichNiiervice reasons, e.g.,"(hours o f duty, rfender
necessary.
Refunds to Officers messes for casual meals provT
W .R.N.S.
ratings are to be made at the rates sfibwn at ( b) above.
4. The payments to be made to Naval Officers messes on special
victu alling allowance fo r meals supplied its. W .R .N .S. Officers under the
arrangements promulgated in A .F.O . 3036/43 a fe as follows :__
s. d.
Breakfast ................................
0
Lunch
................................
2
Tea ..........................................
4i
Dinner
......................
5. The special rates o f ratings provision allowance approved for certain
areas overseas remain unchanged.
6. A. G.M. 594A is cancelled.
{A.F.Os. 2815U l , 4725/42, 3036/43, 5719/43 and 26/44.)
{A .F .O . 4719/42 is cancelled.)
1330. W ilful Disobedience Interpretation
(N .L . 1354/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

To sustain a charge o f w ilfu l disobedience it is not necessary that the
time for carrying out the order should have arrived. A clear declaration
by the recipient of a command that he w ill not carry it out when the time
for doing so arrives amounts to defiance of the command and is therefore
w ilfu l disobedience under Section 17 of the N aval Discipline A ct
1331
24
1331. Gifts to H.M. Ships in Connection with Warship Weeks
(N .L . 6923/42.-16 Mar. 1944.)

The provisions of K in g s Regulations and A dm iralty Instructions,
A rticle 23, forbid, except with prior A dm iralty authority, the acceptance
by N aval personnel of gifts from private sources for acts performed by them
in their official capacity. Donations are not, in any circumstances, to be
accepted by N a va l personnel without prior A dm iralty authority.
2. Whenever inform ation is received of a proposal to make a monetary
presentation to a ship as a result o f Warship Weeks or the adoption of a
ship by a town, or a proposal is made by a firm or organization to make
a g ift in recognition of rescue work, etc., or in any other similar circum
stance, the correct course is to suggest that the money should be forwarded
to the R .N . W ar Amenities Fund, Adm iralty, Queen Anne s Mansions,
St. James Park, London, S .W .l, in order that arrangements may be made
for it to be spent on the provision o f amenities for the crew of the ship. A t
the same time, the Secretary of the Fund should be informed so that the
money may be spent, after consultation with the Commanding Officer, in the
most appropriate way.
3. Experience has shown that the amounts o f donations received by the
R.N. W ar Amenities Fund under the above arrangements frequently bear
little relation to the size o f the ships in respect o f which they are made.
In the case of small ships, in particular, there may be a substantial balance
remaining after the provision of adequate amenities. Consideration has been
given by Their Lordships to the possibility of using these, donations or
balances for the establishment o f individual Benevolent Funds for the ships
concerned.
Such Funds would, however, involve great administrative
difficulties; the constant changes in officers and men, the difficulties which
would arise when a ship is paid o ff; all these make the establishment o f
separate Trust Funds for individual ships largely impracticable. Further,
Their Lordships do not consider it proper that invidious distinctions should
be created between ships by reason of their arbitrary selection- as the object
of Warship Weeks, etc.
4. The amount to be expended by the R .N . W a r Amenities Fund in
respect o f any ship w ill be related to her complement, being 1 per head
for the first fifty men and, thereafter, 10s. per head, up to a maximum o f
250. Purchase of amenities will be made by the R .N . W ar Amenities Fund,
which may transfer to the Ship s Fund any small balance remaining. The
donors of sums in excess of the scale laid down w ill be informed of the
amount acceptable in respect o f a particular ship by the R.N. W ar Amenities
Fund, but they may be informed that such excess sums would be gladly
accepted for the purchase o f amenities for the Royal N a vy generally by the
Fund, or by one of the appropriate distributing organizations set out in
paragraph 7 below.
5. Further gifts w ill be accepted on behalf o f adopted ships only under
the follow in g conditions:
(a ) Where a ship has re-commissioned since the date o f the last g ift.
(b ) Where a ship has not re-commissioned, but an interval o f two years
has elapsed since the last donation.
In the event o f successive gifts within the total of the permitted maximum
being received, these w ill be regarded as instalments o f one donation, the date
when the first instalment was received being treated as the date of the whole
donation. The donors concerned w ill be informed of the position by the
Secretary of the R .N . W ar Amenities Fund. It is emphasized that the
conditions governing the maximum amounts to be expended by the R.N. W ar
Amenities Fund, and the disposal o f any surplus as laid down above
regarding origin al grants, are equally applicable to any subsequent gifts.
6. Should an adopted ship be lost, the community by which it has been
adopted may wish to express in some tangible way its sympathy for the
dependents of those who may have died, and some have offered to form
Benevolent Funds for assisting dependants. On the general grounds indi
cated in paragraph 3 above, it is desirable to arrange, as fa r as possible,
that such Funds, while associated, i f the organizers or donors wish, with the
name or memory o f a particular ship, should be made available for general
25
1331
distribution through one or more of the representative central organizations

which have been established for the purpose of avoiding overlapping of
administration and fo r ensuring that gifts fo r the relief of those who are
serving, or have served, in the N aval Forces, and their dependants, are
equitably distributed.
The Central Organization or Organizations nominated to distribute
Funds should, in the normal course, be representative o f the personnel of
the U nit or Section o f the N a va l Forces with which the Fund or g ift is to
be associated.
7.
The follow in g are the appropriate distributing Central Organiza
tions :
(a ) For officers o f the Royal N avy, Royal Marines and their
dependants :
The Central Bureau fo r N a va l Officers Charities,
333, Ibex House,
Minories, E.C.3.
(&) For ratings and other ranks o f the Royal N avy, Royal Marines and
their dependants :
The Royal N a va l Benevolent Trust,
10, New Road,
Rochester, Kent.
(c ) For members o f the Women s Royal N a va l Service:
W .R .N .S. Benevolent Trust,
Queen Annes Mansions,
St. Jamess Park, S .W .l.
( d) F o r personnel serving on Agreement T.124 and variants:
K in g George s Fund fo r Sailors,
T rin ity House,
Tower H ill, E.C.3.
(G ifts should be earmarked fo r T.124 personnel.)
I t should also be borne in mind that donations for general benevolent
purposes which are not associated with any particular group of personnel
may be forwarded, earmarked for N aval charities, to K in g George s Fund
fo r Sailors, fo r distribution to all representative N aval charitable
organizations.
( A.F.O s. 1495/42, 5146/42, 2952/43 and 4426/43 are cancelled.)
1332. Admiralty Surgeons and Agents
S>92/44 ; C.E. 3667/44; C.E. 1817/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

(Leigh, Atherton and TyfdOsley (Lancs.))
Air. T. E. Flitcroft, L.R.C.P., Tj.i
i
188 Chapel Street, Leigh, Lancashire
(telephone Leigh 100) has been apgcmited Admiralty Surgeon and Agent for Leigh.
Atherton and Tyldesley (L a n c e r
(PrawleJPoint)
Mr. W . HenviJje^Simonds, M B ^'B .C h ., o f CharletA ficjflrtf^Kmgsbridge.
Devon, has been, -appointed Adpaifalty Surgeon and Agen pfer Prawle Point, vice
Mr. D. O. Tjyiiung.
(<5
^ fr. M. Daly,]JLfi-> B.Ch., o f 31 'f'TSfiord Road, Salford, 5, Lancs, (telephone
afford Park
has been appointed Admiralty Surgeon and Agent for Salford.
vice Mr. L D-. Clein.
1333. Officiating Minister of Religion
(C.E. 51936/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

The following appointment has been approved :
Church of England
R.N. Personnel at Belfast Rev. T. A. ONeil, B.A., Missions to Seamen,
(Honorary).
Belfast, vice Rev. J. D. Hutchinson, B.A.,
as from January 1st, 1944.
2. The usual facilities are to be afforded.
1334
26
1334. Allotments Payable in East Africa
(D.N.A. 3695/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

As facilities now exist for the payment o f allotments in East Africa by Paying
Officers, the special arrangements made in A.F.O. 3030/40 for payment through
banks are no longer required and the normal procedure for local payment should
be followed.
2. A ll payments, however, which are now being made under that Order should
be allowed to continue, except at the specific request o f the allottor.
3. When requests are made for alteration in the method o f payment, notification
should be made to the Director o f N avy Accounts (Branch 9) by telegram, to ensure
that payment through the bank is suspended, and local payment should not
commence until the Director of N avy Accounts has confirmed suspension.
4. Declarations o f fresh allotments to be paid by a local Paying Officer, e.g.
Cashier, Kilindini, should be sent to such officers, who should pass a copy o f the
declaration to D.N.A., with a note of the action taken.
5. Notification o f the stoppage or transfer o f such allotment should also be
made to the Paying Officer concerned and to D.N.A.
(K .R . & A .I., Article 1760, Cl. 3 (ii).)
(A .F.O . 3030140.)
*1335. Newfoundland Ratings Reports of Marriage
(N. 7592/42. 16 Mar. 1944.)

W ith reference to A.F.Os. 2133/42 and 1175/43, it has been represented that
there are many Newfoundland ratings who have married in this country, but
whose marriages have not been reported.
2. Attention is again drawn to the necessity for notifying the Officer-in-Charge,
Dominion o f Newfoundland, Combined Services Liaison Office, 58, Victoria Street,
Westminster, S.W .l, o f the marriage particulars o f all Newfoundland ratings.
(A.F.Os. 2133/42 and 1175/43.)
27
1336
6.
Personnel should accordingly report as soon as possible, to the
Rhodesia Liaison Officer, details o f the amounts paid under the United
Kingdom code from the date of their attestation to 1st A p ril, 1944, in order
that the necessary credits may be made. I f these amounts are not known, the
Director o f N avy Accounts, Branch 4a (T a x ), Adm iralty, London, should be
requested to furnish details direct to Rhodesia Liaison Officer.
(A.F.O s. 3979/42 and 797/43.)
1337. -Travelling Issue of more than One Free Warrant during one Leave Period
y L u . P\F. C W / i+ t .
(C.W. 596/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)
Normally only one free return warrant (D.N.A. 811 or 822) is to be issued
for one period o f leave, but Commanding Officers are given discretion to issue two
i f the domestic circumstances o f the officer or rating make this desirable, provided
that he is still entitled to such issue for the current leave year. Alternatively,
three single warrants (D.N.A. 800) may be issued to cover a triangular journey,
each to count as one half against his annual entitlement o f four return warrants.
2. Care is to be taken that such issues are duly recorded in the Ledger or Pay
Book as laid down in A.F.O. 3843/42 (paragraph 32).
(A.F.Os. 3843/42 and 4263/42.)
1338. Concession Fare Travel for Children of Female Members of the Forces
(C.W. 58142/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)

I t has been arranged that during the war railway tickets at concession rates
shall, on production o f the usual vouchers, be issued to the dependent children
under 16 years o f age o f members o f the W.R.N.S., o f the Q.A.R.N.N.S. and
Reserve, o f the Naval V.A.Ds. and o f female members o f Allied Naval forces in
this country, when they re travelling unaccompanied by the mother.
2. A.F.O. 3843/42, paragraph 4 (q), is to be amended accordingly to read - '
(q) During the war, dependent children under 16 years o f age o f members
o f the Womens Royal Naval Service, Queen Alexandras Roya!
Naval Nursing Service and Reserve, Naval Voluntary A id Detachments
and o f female members o f Allied Naval forces in this country, whether
or not accompanied by the mother.
(A .F.O . 3843/42.)
*1330. Southern Rhodesian Personnel Family Allowances, etc., and Income Tax
^ 0 / ^ 8 6 4 1 / 4 3 . 16 Mar. 1944.)
W ith reference to A.F.O . 797/43, the Southern Rhodesian Government
has now decided, with effect from 1st A p ril, 1944, to assume responsibility
for all fa m ily and dependants allowances, war gratuities, disability pen
sions, and other non-effective benefits, in respect of Southern Rhodesian
personnel who have enlisted directly into the U nited Kingdom Forces since
the outbreak of war.
2. A ll such personnel who desire to come under this scheme w ill accord
in gly be treated as single from the point o f view o f issue o f R .N . pay and
allowances.
3. They should report their names to the Southern Rhodesian Liaison
Officer, Rhodesia House, 429, Strand, London, W .C .2.
4. W ith effect from 1st A p ril, 1944, such personnel w ill also be eligible
for the Income Tax concession on Service pay laid down in A.F.O. 3979/42,
viz., payment o f United Kingdom Tax w ill be at the appropriate rate under
Southern Rhodesian Income Tax Regulations. For this purpose, personnel
w ill be enlisted from 1st A p ril, 1944, as members of a Southern Rhodesian
Force, while retaining their present status and seniority in the United
Kingdom Force, and w ill then be transferred (or seconded) for service with
the United Kingdom Force. Details of the Southern Rhodesian Income Tax
Regulations, for the purpose o f instituting provisional assessments, w ill be
promulgated in due course.
5. For the period p r io r to 1st A p ril, 1944, the Southern Rhodesian
Government has further decided to refund to personnel so transferred, the
difference between the amount of'Income Tax paid under the United Kingdom
code, and the amount payable under the Southern Rhodesian code.
1339. Admiralty Salvage Vessels Supply of Provisions
(V. 2/01456/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)

A d m ira lty salvage vessels are permitted to obtain fresh and dry
provisions from Service sources when :
(a ) Operating overseas;
(b ) Employed in connection with Combined Operations in Home
Waters.
2. Abroad, therefore, and at home under the conditions mentioned at (b),
V ictu alling Yards and Depots and Accountant Officers are to comply with
demands received from these vessels. Issues are to be made without payment.
3. Particulars of all supplies made are to be reported to the Director of
Victualling, the supplies being valued at Victualling Rate Book prices or
local cost prices, whichever are applicable.
4. Messing items which are not available from A dm iralty stocks w ill be
supplied by N .A .A .F .I. to these vessels on demand, cash being paid by the
Masters concerned at the time o f purchase.
(A .F .O . 5974/43 is cancelled.')
1340. W.R.N.S. Censor Officers
(N ./ N .I.D . 09453/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)

A W .R .N .S. Officer appointed as N a va l Adviser, Censorship, w ill be
eligible for the rank of F irst Officer i f on the staff o f a Commander-in-Chief,
and fo r the rank of Second Officer i f on the staff o f a N aval administrative
authority other than a Commander-in-Chief.
2.
In view o f the separation o f censorship and Fleet M ail duties, the
provisions o f paragraph 1 o f A.F.O . 3141/43 w ill apply to W .R .N .S. Officers
serving solely as Censor Officers.
(A .F.O . 3141/43.)
29
134V . W
^ fO_ S t^J
28
1341. W.R.N.S. Promotion
Senior Sisters are borne for charge o f small nursing establishments or in lieu
o f the present Superintending Sisters appointed to large establishments where
Matrons are borne.
of Third Officers
(C.W . 11341V44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

A.F.O . 550/44 is to be amplified as fo llow s:-^
P a ra g ra p h s A d d : Secretary to Superintending Inspectors o f
(where the Superintending Inspector
confirmed rank o f Captain).
Secretary to Assistant Superintendent of
/
(where, fn e Assistant Superintendent
con&i'ined rank o f Captain).
Degaussing
carries the
Degaussing
carries the
(A .F .O . 550/U.)
1342. W.R.N.S. Medals and Wound Stripes Notations on Service Certificates
(N . 2965/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

The spaces at the foot o f the back of the W .R .N .S . Service Certificate
allocated for notation of Cause o f Discharge from the Service and for
Signature of R ating on Discharge are to be utilized respectively for
recording the award o f medals and wound stripes.
2. The blank space immediately below the above-mentioned lines is not
at present to be used fo r any purpose.
(IG.-in-C., P ly m ou th s 389/m , 2 Feb. 19U-)
(A .F .O . 6206/4-3.)
fl343. Q.A.R.N.N.S. and Q.A.R.N.N.S. (Reserve) Revised Rates of Pay
V ^
(C.E. 18021/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)
The following change of titles, and as a wartime measure revised rates o f pay,
for members o f the Q.A.R.N.N.S. and Q.A.R.N.N.S. (Reserve) have been
approved :
Present Ranks
Present Pay
New Ranks
Revised Rates o f Pay
--- 1------------Matron in Chief

Matron
370 X 15 400
plus 50 allow
ance.
250 X 15 325
Matron in (.'hieft..
Sister.
Nursing Sister
150 X 12 210
plus 30 charge
allowance.
95 X 5 125...
700 (fixed rate).
Nursing Sisters are eligible to receive

subject to Admiralty approval :
Operating Theatre Specialist
Mental Nurse Specialist ...
Instructional Specialist
...
payment o f the following allowances,

...
...
...
...
...
...
15 per annum
20 per annum
Is. per day
2. Terms of assimilation :
Nursing Sisters
I . Scale of pay (applicable to all Sisters)
Subject to the special terms o f entry set out below, the scale o f pay will be
a minimum o f 105 rising after one years satisfactory service in the Naval Nursing
Services to 130 X 10 180, and to 200 after ten years service.
I I . Special terms of entry into the above scale
() Reserve Sisters appointed on or after 1st A pril, 1943
(i) I f appointed direct from employment as a Ward Sister in a civilian
hospital :
to enter at the rate o f which she was in receipt at the date o f transfer
and to receive from 1st April, 1944, the higher rate which would
have been admissible from that date had she remained in employment
in .the civil hospital (provided in both cases that the rate falls within
the scale under I ) ;
f
t i /
(ii) I f not covered byj(i) above
to be allowed on entry one increment o f 5 for each year o f approved
nursing experience after qualification, provided that the resulting
rate falls within the scale at I above and subject to the further
proviso that for the period to 1st April, 1944, the rate paid may not
exceed that which would have been admissible under (6) below,
had she been appointed before 1st April, 1943.
() Reserve Sisters appointed before 1st A pril, 1943
(i) The scale at I above to be operative with effect from 1st April, 1943.
(ii) Present rates o f pay to be increased with effect from 1st April, 1943,
and 1st April, 1944, respectively, as shown in the following table :
Increased rate of pay admissible
t&Jr
Principal Matron
(in .charge of
h o s p ita l w ith
, i 600 beds
or
more).
Matron (in chargo
of hospitals up
to 599 beds).
J ?
Super intending
1343
Senior Sister
Nursing Sister
500, plus 25 p.a. for

each 200 extra beds,
subject to a maximum
allowance o f 75.
275 X 25 400 plus
25 for charge o f 200
beds,
50 for charge o f 300
beds, and
75 for charge of 500
beds.
Maximum salary and
allowance is thus 475
per annum.
220 X 10 250.
N o charge pay.
105 on en try : after
one year 130 X 10
180 and to 200
after ten years ser
vice.
Rate o f pay in issue on

31 Mar, 1943
105
110
115
120
125
125 (if held for
one year or
more)
From 1st April, 1943
"
110
120
130
137
147
150
s. d.
0 0*
0 0*
0 0
10 0
10 0
0 0
From 1st April, 1944
140
150
155
165
175
180
* Increased to 130 on completion o f one years service in the Naval Nursing

Service.
(iii) After 1st April, 1944, the normal increments on the scale will be given,
the first being admissible on the first anniversary (after 1st April, 1944)
o f the original date of appointment.
(c) Permanent Sisters appointed before 1st A pril, 1943
(i) The scale at I above to be operative from 1st April, 1943.
(ii) Normal increments to be given after 1st April, 1944, as in (6) (iii) above.
1343
30
I I I . Progress to the rate of 200

The pay o f Reserve Sisters who prior to entry had served as Ward Sisters
in a civilian'hospital may be increased to 200 (if recommended) on completion of
an aggregate of ten years service including civilian service as Ward Sister, subject
to the proviso that such increase may not be granted before 1st April, 1944.
Approved nursing servka*êxperience referred to in paragraph I I (ii) above
is defined as whole time^gfcrvice rendered in recognised hospitals, private nursing
institutions or withuv^n approved nursing co-operation.
Senior Sisters
A Senior Sister, former title of Superintending Sister and serving in the grade
on 1st April, 1943, shall receive as from 1st April, 1943, as an increase on her
present salary, half the difference between her existing salary and the salary she
would have been receiving under the new scales had they been in operation on her
appointment to her present grade, with the proviso that she shall not receive less
than the new minimum for her grade; On 1st April, 1944, the balance of the
increase is to be given (together with the normal increment), thus bringing the Senior
Sister up to her M l ratoon the new scale as though it had been in force throughout.
Matron
'
( P
The terms above for Senior Sisters will apply.
Principal Matrons
(i) Those Matrons serving as such on 1st April, 1943, who may be appointed
Principal Matron, shall receive as from 1st April, 1943, a salary of 425 per annum
and any allowance to which they may be entitled for charge of beds in excess of
600 beds, and as from 1st April, 1944, a salary o f 500 per annum and any
allowance for charge of beds in excess of 600 beds.
(ii) Those Matrons appointed on or after 1st April, 1943. whose title will be
Principal Matron, shall receive as from the date o f their appointment a salary of
400 plus any allowance for extra beds and as from 1st April, 1944, a salary of
500 per annum and any allowance for charge o f boiis in excess o f 600 beds.
These arrangements will take effect from 1st April, 1943.
3.
These new provisions will necessitate the regrading of certain posts, and
instructions and appointments will be issued.
*tl344. Distinction Marks for Wounded (Wound Stripes)
t i i O 3, a a A/era.
(p.M. 809/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)
Delete paragraph 9 o f A.F.O. 6206/43 and substvt/ute^ji&w "pltragraph 9. Royal

Marines
...
The stripes o f braid will be wopaêTTTneleft sleeve o f blue and khaki S.D. tunics
with the lowerpw i immediaiîyabove the point o^the cmiIL. In)the case o f tunics
which have yduffs, the siripe will be worn^jwi^M\^j-^Srêj>-6nd 1^ in. from the
bottom o f t hg'sleeve. In the battle dress^lpKiie'lîe stripe will be worn with the
lower end^fmiediately above the^jpJjfe^&Jg^Mjf-tfeSwiff- In all cases, wound stripes
will.be worn bôwâHoth^bkdges.
Paragraph m / A f W intervals o f J-in. add In the case o f Royal Marines wound
/
stripes will be worn centrally between the seams.
(A .F.O . 6206/43.)
1345. Obsolete Instructional Films
(T.S .D . 2103/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

W ith reference to A.F.O . 4251/43, the follow ing instructional films are
now obsolete and no further copies w ill be issued :
B.144 The No. 1 Predictor (P a rts 1 and 2).
B.142 The No. 2 Predictor (P a rts 1 and 2).
B.101 Predictors. The Sperry (Parts 1 and 2).
B.102 Predictors. The Vickers (Parts 1 and 2).
B.109 H eight Finding Conversion Gears.
2.
A ll holders o f copies o f the films referred to in paragraph 1 above are
to return them to S.N.S.O., R .N . Store Depot, 54, Neasden Lane, London,
N .W .10, for destruction.
(A . F . O . m i U S . )
31
dio
/ S- * 3 /W .
1346
1346. Religious Films
(T.S .D . 840/42. 16 Mar. 1944.)

A series of Religious Films are being obtained fo r N aval use, and copies
w ill be issued without demand to the Film Libraries referred to in A.F.O.
4251/43 (paragraph 10) as soon as possible.
2. lh e follow ing is an in itia l list o f films available and further titles
w ill be promulgated by subsequent A.F.Os. as they become available
T itle o f F ilm
Size of F ilm Available
The W andering Jew
16 mm.
John H a lifa x , Gentleman
16 mm.
Turn of the T i d e .....................
16 mm.
Scrooge
...............................
16 mm.
Jerusalem
...............................
16 mm.
Wanderers o f the Desert
16 mm.
Arabian Bazaar .....................
16 mm.
Petra
...............................
16 mm.
Palmaya
...............................
16 mm.
Temples o f I n d i a .....................
16 mm.
Indian Village
.....................
16 mm.
Indian Road
.....................
16 mm.
Sacred Ganges
......................
16 mm.
Westminster Abbey
............
35 mm. and 16 mm.
Wells Cathedral ............
35 mm. and 16 mm.
Salisbury Cathedral
35 mm. and 16 mm.
............
St. Pau l s Cathedral
35 mm. and 16 mm.
Y ork Minster
35 mm. and 16 mm.
E ly Cathedral
......................
35 mm. and 16 mm.
Gloucester Cathedral
............
35 mm. and 16 mm.
Winchester Cathedral .............
35 mm. and 16 mm.
Peterborough Cathedral
35 mm. and 16 mm.
Lincoln Cathedral
............
35 mm. and 16 mm.
Lichfield Cathedral
............
35 mm. and 16 mm.
Canterbury Cathedral ............
35 mm. and 16 mm.
P ilgrim a ge Through Palestine
16 mm.
Four Thousand Years ............
35 mm. and 16 mm.
Stairw ay to Heaven
............
35 mm. and 16 mm.
Secret H id in g Places
............
35 mm. and 16 mm.
Slave C o a s t................................
35 mm. and 16 mm.
Joan o f A r c ................................
35 mm. and 16 mm.
............
H oly Men o f India
16 mm.
Eternal Father, Strong to Save
35 mm. and 16 mm.
Onward Christian Soldiers
35 mm. and 16 mm.
O God Our H elp in Ages Past
35 mm. and 16 mm.
Nearer my God to Thee
35 mm. and 16 mm.
The Sower ............
35 mm. and 16 mm.
The Unseen Power
35 mm. and 16 mm.
Where Love Is, God Is
35 mm. and 16 mm.
As We Forgive
35 mm. and 16 mm.
What Men Live By
35 mm. and 16 mm.
The S ile n c e ............
35 mm. and 16 mm.
The Prince o f Peace
35 mm. and 16 mm.
3. A pplication fo r copies of these films on temporary loan should be made
in accordance with A .F.O . 4251/43 (paragraph 10).
(A . F . O . m i / i S . )
1347
A.F.O. a w i
32
*H
33
1350
1350. Guns 20 mm., Oerlikon, Marks H and IV Breech Cover
*1347. Competition for Design of a Post-War Cottage
<N. 4954/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)
(M . 2128/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)
The Trustees o f Dartington Hall, Totnes, Devon, are offering a special premium
o f 100 for the best design for a post-war cottage received from a member of H.M.
Forces who is a qualified architect.
A simple and quickly detachable steel cover has been evolved for covering
the 20-mm. Oerlikon machine gun magazine opening when the gun is unloaded
and in the fired position.
2. The assessors will be Mr. Charles Holden, F.R.I.B.A., and Mr. Lionel G.
Pearson, F.R.I.B.A.
2. These should be made and fitjsd by ships staff, where facilities

to A.F.O. D iagram 79/44, in preference to, the canvas ty
A.F.O. D iagram 188/42. In the case of D ;E.M .S. these steel Vype covers
may be made and fitted by Kase staffs i f time and circunsstancj^-permit.
3. Competitors must comply with the regulations o f the R.I.B .A ., and a copy
o f instructions for the competition may be obtained from the Director, Education
Department, Admiralty.
4. Designs should be forwarded to the Secretary, Dartington Hall Trustees,
Dartington, near Totnes, Devon, to reach him by 31st August, 1944.
3. Care should be faken that the felt is kept w(^/greased with D.T.D.
143C grease to present rusting.
.................C 4. A coveryior loaded jjuns is described in A.F.O . 1413/43, P a rt V I,
iagram 188/42.
5. N iv a l Proportion Book w ill be amplified.
(A .F .O . UlS/jiS.)
Section 3. G., T., N., E., etc., & ST O R E S ; H U LL,

EQ UIPM EN T & FITTINGS
1348. Guns Vickers, 0 303-in., G.O., No. 1, Mark I, Type A Maintenance
Parkerising of Components
(A . S. 2408/44.-16 Mar. 1944.)

To assist in maintenance of Vickers 0-303-in. G.O., No. 1, M ark I,
Type A guns, arrangements are in hand fo r parkerising a ll the
components o f these guns which are not already rust-proofed.
2. Future issues o f guns to service w ill be made as fa r as possible from
stocks of parkerised guns.
3. Un-parkerised guns already mounted in
exchanged for the present.
H .M .
ships w ill not be
4. A further Order w ill be issued i f exchange o f such guns proves

practicable.
1349. Guns Machine, Vickers, 0 303-in., G.O. Rods, Cleaning, Cylinder Brushes
and Mops, for Cleaning Gas Cylinder
1351. Gun Mountings
(G. 015100/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)

The modification to the pressure supply pipes to the arrester buffer ordered in
A.F.O. 1690/43, paragraph 3 (b), would put the arrester buffer out o f action if it
became necessary to shut pressure off the flash-doors over the gun-loading cage to
enable them to be worked by hand.
2. Furthermore, i f pressure were shut off the arrester buffer, the arrester lever
might not be sufficiently withdrawn when the gun-loading cage was raised to allow
the retaining bolt to engage and keep the lever withdrawn until the cage was again
fully lowered to the gun house. The cage might, therefore, be lowered on top o f
the arrester lever.
3. In view o f above and the vital necessity for using the flash-doors on all
occasions, A.F.O. 1690/43, paragraph 3 (6), is cancelled and the wear in the buffers
caused, vide paragraph 2, of A.F.O. 1690/43, must be accepted.
4. Where this modification has already been carried out, the supply pipe to
the buffer should be re-modified and again connected to its original position, namely,
the pressure supply to raise the gun-loading cage.
(A .F.O . 1690/43, paragraph 3 (b) is cancelled.)
(This Order is to be retained until complied with.)
(A .S . 13128/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)

Instances have occurred o f 0-303-in. Vickers G.O. guns fa ilin g , due to the
gas cylinder and piston having become corroded with fouling. I t is essential
for efficient functioning that these items be kept clean, and for this purpose
rods, cleaning, cylinder, Lewis 0-303-in., with mops and brushes, wire, w ill
in future be allowed in the follow ing proportions :
Deck Guns
Rods, cleaning, cylinders, 0-303-in. Lewis M .G . 1 per two or less
number o f guns.
Brushes, rod, cleaning, cylinder, 0-303-in. Lewis M .G . 1 per two or
less number of guns.
*
Mops, rod, cleaning, cylinder, 0-303-in. Lewis M .G . 1 per two or
less number of guns.
A irc ra ft Guns
Allowance w ill be promulgated in C.B. (R ) 4252/42.
1352. Gun Mountings 5.25-in Marks I and n Fuze Setting Trays Packing
Pieces to Ensure Correct Setting of No. 211 Fuze
K ing George V Class Battleships, Dido Class Cruisers and Shore Establishments
G. 017^61/43.-16 Mar. 1944.)
To ensure correct setting o f the No. 211 fuze, it is necessary to modify the
locating position o f the fuze-setting tray horns, by the insertion o f packing pieces
as shown on A.F.O. Diagram N o. 72/44.
2. The work is to be carried out by ships staffs.
1353. Gun Mountings 4 7-in. C.P., Mark X X H and 4 -5-in. C.P., Mark V
Mountings Alteration to Firing Arcs of No. 2 Mountings As. and As.
Ships and Dockyards concerned
2. Demands for rods, etc., fo r use with deck guns should be forwarded to
the nearest R .N . Armament Depot.
Depots should render intermediate
demands to Director of Armament Supply (Branch A ), Bath.
3. Issues o f rods, etc., fo r use with a ircra ft guns w ill be made without
demand.
4. N a va l Proportion Book w ill be amended.
15-in., Marks I, I* and I/N Gun-loading Cage Shell Arrester

Buffers Modifications
(G. 01958/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

To satisfy requirements regarding firing arcs o f No. 2 mounting o f ships of
the 5th to 11th emergency flotillas, the following arrangements are to be made :
(a) F it a semi-permanent training stop at R/G 145 and paint red lines
on the training receiver at 135 R/G.
((498)
1353
34
(6) Fit two tally plates with the following inscriptions :
(i) No firing above 30 abaft R/G 135.
(ii) No firing at any elevation abaft R/G 145.
(c) Safety firing gear cams to be cut to ensure that firing cannot take place
at all, abaft 152 R/G, or further forward if it be found possible to
accommodate this without restricting useful depression further forward.
2. Details o f semi-permanent training stop and tally plates, etc., are shown
on A.F.O. Diagram 82/44 (26913 C.B.).
3. Authorities should insert an item, classification A , in their class lists
o f As. and As., for this work to be carried out, quoting this Order as the authority.
1554. Gun Mountings 3-in. C.P. V Modification to Firing Gear to Reduce
Firing Effort As. and As.
Submarines, Depot Ships and H .M . Dockyards concerned
(G. 5054/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)
Reports received from sea indicate that excessive firing efforts have occurred
in the firing gear o f 3-in., C.P. V mountings.
2. A.F.O. Diagram 76/44 (Drawing No. 53490 G.B.) shows an extension piece
to the intermediate lever, which has been fitted and found effective in service, the
firing effort being reduced to below 30 lb.
3. The modification is to be fitted to mountings, registered Nos. 1 to 55, by
depot ships (or dockyards), concerned.
4. The Commanding Officers o f H.M. submarines concerned are to insert an
item, classification A , in their lists of As. and As. to cover the work involved.
5. Mountings, Nos. 56 and onwards, are being so fitted during manufacture.
(This Order is to be. retained until complied with.)
1355. Gun Mountings 6-pdr., Mark V I Mountings Additional Housing Stop
M .T.Bs. Aros. 721, to 800

(G. 03070/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)
When moored mines are carried in the above vessels, it has been found
necessary to house the after 6-pdr., M ark V I mountings, on the beam.
2. For this purpose an additional housing stop is to be fitted, in
accordance with A .F.O . Diagram No. 75/44, to enable this to be done. The
work is to be treated as a defect and an appropriate item for fitting these
stops should be inserted in the defect lists.
3. Supplies o f housing stops w ill shortly be available and should be
demanded from the A dm iralty Gun Mounting Overseer, Coventry.
35
3.
The adaptors are supplied in pairs, R. and L.H., and are fitted with a
distance washer under each eyepiece, which should be removed as required in
accordance with the A.F.O. Diagram. Where blast protection boxes are fitted to
2-pdr., Mark V I mountings with single eyepiece holders, it will be found necessary
to fit the adaptors to the opposite hand to that shown on A.F.O. Diagram 77/44 (3)
(G.R. 6402), and to cut off the outer eyepieces as necessary to clear the blast pro
tection box with sight at maximum elevation. Also, in the case of 0- 6-in., Marks I,
I I and I I I mountings fitted with shields, the width o f the sight ports should be
increased locally to suit the rearsight adaptors.
1357. Ammunition 2 3-mm., 43-mm. and 2-pdr. Cartridges, S.A., 0-mm.
Oerlikon H.E., American H.M.C. 1-43, Lot 150 Critical Examination
REPORT
(A.S./D.C.O.M. 0514/43/B.89. 16 Mar. 1944.)

A quantity o f 20-mm. Oerlikon H.E. ammunition o f American manufacture,
H.M.C. 1-43, Lot 150, is urgently required for firing tests.
2. Commanding Officers o f H.M. ships at home and abroad should report by
signal to the Admiralty (D.A.S. Branch B) particulars o f any o f this ammunition
on board.
3. Armament Supply Officers at Naval Armament Depots at home and abroad
are to set aside if available 360 rounds o f the ammunition referred to and report
particulars by signal to D.A.S. (B.89) when disposal instructions will be given.
N il returns are not required.
1358. Ammunition 1-in. Aiming Rifle, Percussion Shortage of Supplies
Demands
(A .S . 05367/41. 16 Mar. 1944.)

Stocks of 1-in. percussion aiming rifle ammunition are now very small
and supplies from new manufacture are not expected to become available
before the second quarter in 1944.
2.
Demands for this ammunition should, therefore, be restricted
requirements likely to occur up to the end of A p ril, 1944, and be kept to the
minimum quantity essential for such requirements.
(A .F .O . 5733143 is cancelled.)
1359. Ammunition Supply Naval Armament Depots Supply, Tests and
Return ol Ammunition to
(A .S. 05180/42. 16 Mar. 1944.)

A ll cartridges containing cordite of the follow in g lot and sub-lot on
board sea-going ships are to be landed before 30 Jun. 1944.
13~6. Gan Mountings 2-pdr., Marks V, VI, V II and V III and 0 -E-in., Marks I,
n , III and IV Fitting oi Cone and Filter Adaptor to Rearsights As. and As.
L ot No.
R.N. 2827
R.N. 2827Y
Ships and Establishments concerned

(G. 0.878/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)
Rearsight adaptors incorporating a cone fitted with crosscards and neutral
and red filters are now available on demand at the Gun Mounting Stores at
Portsmouth, Coventry and Parkhead, for fitting to 2-pdr. Marks V, V I, V I I and V II I.
and 0- 5-in., Marks I, II, I I I and IV mountings o f all types, except 2-pdr., Mark V II I
and 0 5-in., Mark IV mountings o f Canadian manufacture (register numbers prefixed
by CAN ).
2.
These adaptors are being incorporated in current production mountings
before delivery from the manufacturers. For mountings in service not so fitted the
adaptors should be demanded by the Commanding Officers o f ships concerned and
should be fitted in accordance with A.F.O. Diagram 77 /44 (1-4) (G.R. 6365, G.R. 6366,
G.R. 6402 and G.R. 6481), the necessary work being carried out by ships staffs,
assisted as necessary by dockyards and repair establishments. An item classification
A , should be included in the current lists o f As. and As. to cover the work
involved.
1356
Size
4j M.C.
4i M.C.
Cartridges in to which filled

Q.F. 6-pdr. Hotchkiss
Q.F. 6-pdr. Hotchkiss
2. A t depots abroad, cordite in all cartridges so received together with

any in store is to be destroyed forthwith.
3. A t Home depots, any cartridges or bulk cordite o f the above lot
or sub-lot required for trials, experiments or Gunnery School firings may be
retained fo r a further period o f six months from date o f withdrawal.
1360. Aircraft Bombs Care in Handling Practice Bombs (111-lb. and below)
(G.N.L. 1241/44). 16 Mar. 1944.)

It should be impressed on personnel who handle aircraft practice bombs, 1lj-lb .
and similar, that their safety, after the detonator burster has been inserted, depends
on the correct fitting of the safety wire which binds the split pin and s tA ty pin in
position. Accidents have been reported which show that the wire used has either
not been strong enough or it has not been twisted sufficiently taut to retain the
pins in the grooves in the striker.
(66498)
to
1361
36
1361. T r aining Instructional Appliances Dome Teacher and Portobel

Issue of Low Angle Dome Rolls, Nos. 15,16,17 and 18
(G.D. 025/44. 16 Mar. 1944.

The above dome rolls have been issued or are about to be issued. They
are the first o f the low angle series designed prim arily to give practical
aim ing instruction in eyeshooting fo r crews of guns mounted in Coastal
Force craft. They w ill also be o f considerable value in the tra in in g o f all
Close Range Guns crews in firing at E-boats, but it must be borne in mind
that the yellow cross shows the correct point o f aim fo r guns mounted in
Coastal Force craft, and does not allow fo r tangent elevation except in so
fa r as the sight itself is capable of being set for range.
2. R o ll N o. 15. This is a prototype experimental roll issued as an
advanced run. and it is recommended that this should be shown after No. 18.
I t contains one attack with both ships under way.
R o ll N o. 16. This is an elementary instructional roll illu strating aim-off
to allow fo r enemy movement with own ship stationary and target under
way, and contains the follow in g attacks:
( i ) Target approaches on port bow and turns away when abeam.
< ii) Target approaches on port quarter and turns to pass astern.
R o ll N o. 17. This is an elementary instructional ro ll with one attack
illu strating aim-off to allow fo r own movement with target stationary and
own ship passing it on a straight course.
R oll N o. IS. This is an instructional run with one attack, illustrating
the maximum aim-off conditions. Own ship and target pass on opposite
courses, port to port.
3. Each o f these dome rolls is introduced with a sound track stating
that the centre o f the dome is on either red o r green 90 and that the point
of aim is either the bridge or the engine room. The point o f aim depends on
the type of weapon in use. For a 0-5-in. gun and below, the point o f aim is
the bridge, and fo r Oerlikon and larger calibre guns, the point o f aim is the
engine room. I t is im portant { ) that the instructor should emphasise these
points to the class (b ) that he should instruct them that the engine room point
o f aim is a position about f of the way a ft along the water line (c ) that the
appropriate gun noise amplifier should be used.
4. Valuable practice fo r classes w ill be obtained from these rolls by
simulating night conditions in the dome. In order to produce realistic
conditions a ll lights must be switched off and a cover must be placed over the
projector to prevent ligh t escaping. The dark filters referred to in paragraph
33 o f the Handbook fo r the A .A . Dome Teacher, are to be used and the
yellow filter fitted in the eyeshooting sight is to be turned out o f position.
5. I t w ill be found, however, that when the d ark filters are used, it w ill
not be possible to see the yellow verifyin g cross on the screen. In order that
classes shall be given fu ll indication o f where the yellow cross should be, it is
recommended that each roll should be shown under day conditions first (when
the yellow cross can be seen) and then under night conditions immediately
afterwards. For use in night conditions the lighted eyeshooting graticule
should be dimmed as low as possible. A further small modification which
may be used under night conditions is to wire up the lighted graticule
to the trig ger so that the graticule w ill be shown on the screen only whilst
the trig ger is pressed.
6. The details of these runs, together with details o f rolls Nos. 19, 20, 21
and 22, which are designed for more advanced classes and are being issued
shortly w ill be included in Appendix I o f the Handbook fo r the A .A . Dome
Teacher (B.R.920).
(A .F .O . 1099/M-)
1362. Torpedoes, 21-in., Mark V in * -V in * * Conversion of Ball-Valve Type
of Pressure-Seated Trunk Box Spindle Unit to Plunger-Operated Type
37
2. Instructions for this conversion, which are illustrated

D iagram 70/44, are as follow s:
in A.F.O.
(a ) Remove from the unit the existing -|-in. diameter ball, together
with the plunger and its internal spring. These items are no
longer required.
( b) Bore and lap the cylinder to the dimensions shown at item 1.
(c ) Make and fit a new piston as shown at item 2.
(d ) Shorten the existing cap as shown at item 3.
3. A fte r conversion the operation of the unit should be checked by the
follow ing tests:
(a ) F u n ctioning.W ith the gear assembled, an oil pressure of 200 +
50 lbs./sq. in. applied to the inlet nipple must be sufficient to
force the piston, item 2, to the end o f its stroke, thereby liftin g
the lever, item 4, against the pull o f the springs, item 5.
( b) Leakage.W ith an oil pressure o f 750 lbs./sq. in. applied to the
inlet nipple no o il should leak past the piston and through the
anti-cushioning hole in the cylinder.
4. Torpedoes fitted with the ball-valve type unit in which oil leakage
from the unit into the balance chamber does not occur need not be converted
at sea unless desired.
5. Where conversion has been carried out at sea, it is to be noted in the
torpedo s history sheet, quoting this A.F.O.
(A .F .O . 5360/1,8.)
1383. Cartridges, Impulse, Torpedo Types and Services for which Required
(A.S. 228/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

Particulars o f cartridges, impulse, torpedo, and services for which required,
are shown in the tables appended :
Cartridges, impulse, torpedo, filled powder.
Table A . Cruisers and destroyers with powder impulse (except Town class).
Cartridges, impulse, torpedo, filled cordite.
Table B , Cruisers and destroyers with cordite impulse (except Hunt class).
Table C . Hunt class destroyers and steam gun boats.
Table D . Cartridges, impulse, torpedo, fo r M .T .B s.
Cartridges, impulse, torpedo, U .S .A . filled powder.
Table E
Town class destroyers and motor launches fitted with U.S.A. tubes.
T
able
Cartridges, impulse, torpedo, filled powder

Cruisers and destroyers with powder impulse (except Town class)
Torpedo Tube.
D.R. I I
D.R. I I *
D.R. I l l
D.R. IV
T.R. I
Mark o f Torpedo.
Impulse Cartridge required.
-21 in., Mark I V - lV * type
15 oz. (all marks)

17 oz. (all marks)
15 oz. (all marks)
17 oz. (all marks)
1 25 oz. (all marks) or 25 oz. flash
i-less all marks ( 17 oz. all marks
j with small powder pocket).
Submarine and C .F . D epot Ships and Bases

(T . 08646/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)
W ith reference to A.F.O . 5360/43, paragraphs 2, 3 and 4, in cases whe*#
trouble, in the form o f o il leakage into the balance chamber, is being
experienced at sea with 21-in. M ark V I I I * - V I I I * * torpedoes which have beea
1362
fitted with the unsatisfactory ball-valve type o f pressure-seated trunk box

spindle unit, and there is no opportunity o f returning the torpedoes to a
depot fo r modification, there is no objection to ships and bases carrying out
the conversion to plunger-operated unit themselves i f desired.
Q.R.E.
f 21 in., Mark IV - IV * T.
\21 in., Mark X - X * *
\
j
30-7 oz. flashless (all marks)

1
(66408)
T able B
Cartridges, Impulse, Torpedo-filled Cordite
Cruisers and Destroyers with Cordite impulse (except Hunt Class)
03
CO
21-in. IX * * or IX **, N.A.B.
Torpedo
tube
21-in. I X - I X *
Action Weight
T .R .II
CO
21-in. V II- V IIC
Collision Head Weight

21 oz. No. 19 Primer
(All Marks)
...
T .R .IV
...
T .R .IV * ...
T .R .IV ** ...
Q.R.l
Q .R .II
Q .R .II*
Q .R .III
Q .R .III*
Q .R.IV
...
...
...
...
...
Q.R.V
Q.R.VI
Q .R V I*
Q .R .V II
...
...
...
...
Q .R . V III...
Q .R .V III*
Q .R .V III**
Q.R.VTII***
Q .R .IX ...
21-in. IV - IV * type
.23Joz.No. 14 E. Primer
(All Marks).
22 oz. No. 14 E. Primer

(All Marks).

(All Marks).

(All Marks).
_23Joz.No. 14 E. Primer
(All Marks).
(Ail Marks).
23J oz. No. 14 E. Primer

(All Marks).

(All Marks).
(All Marks).

(All Marks).

(A ll Marks).

(All Marks).
(All Marks).

(All Marks).

(All Marks).
(All Marks).
231oz. No. 14 E. Primer
" (All Marks).
(All Marks).
(All Marks).
16 oz. No. 19
(All Marks).
21 oz. No. 19
(All Marks).
22 oz. No. 14 E.
(All Marks).
21 oz. No. 19
(All Marks).
19 oz. No. 19
(All Marks).
Primer
.22 oz. No. 14 E. Primer

(A ll Marks).

(All Marks).

(All Marks).
(All Marks).
(All Murks).

(All Marks).
(All Murks)
Primer
Primer
Primer
Primer
Q .R .IX *Q.R.X
(66498)
Q .R .X I
...
...

(All Marks).
P.Q.R.l* ...
P.R.TI
P.R.IT*
...
23Joz.No. 14E. Primer

(All Marks).
(i) The above cartridges are all o f Cordite S.C. 140.

(ii) Breech blocks o f Q.R.l, II, I I I , III* , IV , V I torpedo tubes are to be modified by increasing the blow and protrusion of striker ( C A P O
2216/42) before cartridges fitted No. 14 E. Primer or No. 19 Primer can bo used. Until these tubes have been modified the following cartridges!
hlled cordite S.C. 140, are to be used, viz :
25 J oz. No. 9 Primer in lieu o f 23J oz. No. 14 E. Primer.

23 oz. No. 9 Primer in lieu of 22 oz. No. 14 E. Primer.
21 oz. No. 9 Primer in lieu of 21 oz. No. 19 Primer.
19 oz. No. 9 Primer in lieu o f 19 oz. No. 19 Primer.
(iii) No. 9 Primers are percussion primers. No. 19 Primers and No. 14 E. Primers are combined electric and percussion primers.
0 (iv > Pent^ g availability of supplies o f cartridges, impulse, torpedo, 23J oz. and 22 oz. S.C. 140 No. 14 E. Primer, 254 oz. and 23 oz. cartridges,
b.C. 140 fitted No. 19 Primers are to be used in lieu subject to the provisions o f note (ii) above.
CO
<>
CO
CD
CO
T able C
Cartridges, Impulse, Torpedo, filled Cordite
Hunt Class Destroyers and Steam Oun Boats
Torpedo
Tube
Torpedoes, 21-in. IX * * or IX * * N.A.B.

Action Weight
Hunt "
Class
Destroyers
D.R.VT(A)
D .R .V I(B )
D .R .V I(E )
D .R .V I(F )
D .R.VI(G )
D .R .V II(A )
D .R .V II(E )
D .R .V II(F )
D .R .V II(I)
T.R.V.(Power
Trained)
23oz. No. 14 E. Primer

(All Marks).
Torpedoes,
21-in., I X - I X *
Torpedoes,
21-in., IV - IV *
Torpedoes,
21-in. V III* * type
Collision Head Weight

(All Marks).

(A ll Marks).
(All Marks).
23J oz. No. 14 E. Primer
(All Marks).
(All Marks).
/ (All Marks).

(All Marks).
(All Marks).
(All Marks).
(All Marks).
(All Marks).

(All Marks).

(All Marks).
Steam Oun
Boats
21-in.
L.C.II*
14 oz. S.C. 150 No. 19

Primer and Powder
Frontal Igniter (All
Marks) (a).
15 oz. S.C. 150 No. 19

Primer and Powder
Frontal Igniter (All
Marks except Mark
T ) (6).
(i) The above cartridges for Hunt Class destroyers are all o f Cordite S.C. 140.
(ii) Breech btocks o f D .R .V I(A ), D .R .V I(B ), D .R .V I(E ), D .R .V II(E ) torpedo tubes are to be modified by increasing the blow and protrusion
o f striker (C.A.F.O. 2216/42) before cartridges fitted No. 14 E. Primer or No. 19 Primer can be used. Until these tubes have been modified the
following cartridges filled Cordite S.C. 140 are to be used, viz :
25J oz. No. 9 Primer in lieu o f 23 oz. No. 14 E. Primer.
23 oz. No. 9 Primer in lieu o f 22 oz. No. 14 E. Primer.
(iii) No. 9 Primers are percussion primers ; No. 19 and No. 14 E. Primers are combined electric and percussion primers.
,(1$
availability o f supplios o f cartridges, impulse, torpedo, 23J oz. and 22 oz. S.C. 140 No. 14 E. Primer, 25J oz. and 23 oz. cartridges
ntted JNo. 19 Primer are to be used m lieu subject to the provisions o f note (ii) above.
TJ .
These cartridges a,re also suitable for discharge o f 21-in. V.M.T.B.T. torpedoes.
irrimer, Mark I can be used m lieu until supplies o f the 14 oz. cartridges are received.
Cartridges, impulse, torpedo, 15 oz. S.C. 150, No. 19
are received ridge8 impUl86 torPedo 18 oz' S'C- 150> N o- 19 Primer, Mark I I can be used in lieu until supplies o f the 15 oz., Mark I I cartridges
43
42
1363
T able
Cartridges, Impulse, Torpedo

M .T.B s.
3. A p a rt from markings on boxes, pistols, M ark V I I , are easily recog

nizable by the small-flanged detonator carrier, St. No. 6045, fitted and by
the presence of a slightly protruding bearing band on the pistol body.
Torpedoes
4. A ll pistols, Mark V I I , w ill be converted to pistols, Mark V I I * , at

N .A . depots to whom separate instructions have been promulgated.
Torpedo Tube
18-in., Marks X I I
pr X V , M.T.B.T.
1364
and an equivalent number o f pistols M ark V I I * or V I I * * is to be demanded

in lieu.
21-in., Mark IV -V
21-in., Mark V III* *
M.T.B.T.
1385. Electrically Operated Ramp Gear Modification to Control of
L .C .M . (3) fitted Engine G.M. Model 64 T .L . 1, Nos. C.7801-C.8500

inclusive and T.L.2
21-oz.
cordite,
S.C.205 and 280,
No. 9 primer (all
marks).
14-oz.
cordite,
S.C.150, No. 19
primer and pow
der frontal ig
niter (all marks)
(a).
21-in. L.C. I
21-in. L.C. H - n *
18-in. L.C. I I *
...
21-oz.
cordite,
S.C.205 and 280,
No. 9 primer (all
marks).
15-oz.
cordite,
S.C.150, No. 19
primer and pow
der frontal ig
niter (all marks
except Mark I ) (6)
17J-oz. flashless
(all marks ex
cept Mark I).
() Cartridges, impulse, torpedo, 15-oz., S.C.150, No. 19 primer, Mark I, can be

used in lieu until supplies o f the 14-oz. cartridges are received.
() Cartridges, impulse, torpedo, 18-oz S.C.150, No. 19 primer, Mark I I , can
be used in lieu until supplies o f the 15-oz., Mark II, cartridges are received.
T able
Torpedoes
Type o f Discharge.
U.S.A. centre line'j

Destroyers, Town
class.
Motor launches
tubes.
J U.S.A.
sided
1 tubes.
2. To overcome this fault, two in number additional solenoids (referred to

in the drawing as auxiliary solenoids) are to be fitted adjacent to the existing
control panel. These auxiliary solenoids operated by the ramp pushes will in turn
control the solenoids already fitted and connected in accordance with A.F.O.
Diagram 81/44 (Drawing D.E.E. 12240). '
3. Supply o f 30-volt solenoid switches, C.A.V. type S.O.L. 404, is being made
to L.C.M.S.O., Staines. Commanding Officers o f craft concerned (mde paragraph 4
below) should forward demands to L.C.M.S.O., Staines, covering the switches
required, for fitting by base staffs.
4. This instruction is applicable to L.C.M. (3) fitted engine G.M. model 64
T .L . I, Nos. C.7801-C.8500 inclusive, and T.L. 2 only. In L.C.M. (3) fitted or
being refitted with other engines, the ramp gear is to be operated by hand.
Cartridges, Impulse, Torpedo, 21-in., V.S.A. filled powder

Town class destroyers and motor launches fitted with U.S.A. tubes
Class o f Vessel.
(M./D.C.O.M. 0105/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

Experience has shown that faulty operation o f the electrically operated ramp
gear in L.C.M. (3) has been caused by failure o f the ramp pushes to break effectively
the solenoid circuits o f the control gear.
21-in., Mark I I - 1 21-in., U.S.A.,

II***** S.L.T. j
Mark 8.
21-in., U.S.A.,
17J-Z., flash
less (a).
J.S.A. tubes
21 -in., U.S.A.,
17J-OZ.,
flash
less (a).
(a)
Cartridges, impulse, torpedo, 21-in., U.S.A., 17-oz. powder (non-flashless),
can be used in lieu until supplies o f the flashless cartridges are received.
(C.A .F.O . 2216/42.)
(A .F.O . 440j44 is cancelled.)
Pistols, Mark V I I Withdrawal from Service
(A .S ./ T . 2619/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)
To f a c i l i t a t e manufacture of D.Cs., Mark V II * , the primer tube straight
ness requirement has been relaxed. Mark V I I * D.Cs. having this relaxed
primer tube straightness w ill accept M ark V I I * and later and Mark I X or
later pistols, but may be unsatisfactory i f fitted with the origin al M ark V I I
pistols.
2
A ll pistols M ark V I I held on board ships and by bases are therefore
to be returned at first opportunity to the nearest N .A . Depot or O .C.A.b.
1366. 10-in. Signalling Projectors, Patterns 3860A and 12210 Replacement

of Defective Shutter Operating Levers
(N .S . 37399/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)

I t has become known that certain of the 10-in. signalling projectors,
Pattern 3860A, o f Messrs. M etropolitan Vickers manufacture (serial numbers
3732 to 5000 and 5501 to 5981) were fitted with shutter operating levers made
o f an alloy having poor wear-resisting properties. I t has been found that
this defect is accentuated by incorrect meshing between the lever cû:k and
the shutter operating pinion.
1
2. This trouble has been overcome in projectors at present being manu
factured by the fitting of an aluminium-bronze die-cast lever and eccentric
bush. The latter, when rotated, gives a total meshing adjustment o f A-in.
in six steps o f approxim ately 0-01-in.
3. Contract C.P. 4D/103/29/43, dated 22nd October, 1943, has been placed
w ith the M etropolitan Vickers Electrical Co., Ltd., fo r 1,000 complete
assemblies (comprising operating lever, bearing pin, eccentric bush, washer,
dowel and two f-in. lock-nuts). Pattern number 12225 has been assigned to
these assemblies, and deliveries w ill be made as follow s:
200 Stroud.
100 Portsmouth.
100 Eosyth.
200 Mossley.
100 Devonport.
60 Gateshead.
100 Chatham.
100 Glasgow.
40 Commonwealth o f Australia.
4. Although intended p rim a rily for replacements on the projectors of
Messrs. M etropolitan Vickers manufacture referred to in paragraph 1 these
operating levers are suitable fo r fitting on all Pattern 3860A and 12210
projectors, and ships requiring new levers for these projectors should forward
demands for the new lever assemblies, quoting this A.F.O. as authority
Except as indicated in paragraph 5 below, the new levers are to be fitted as
shown in A.F.O. Diagram 74/44, Arrangement A.
5. When dealing with projectors, Pattern 3860A, made by Messrs. Clarke
Chapman & Company, Limited, i f temporary repairs are necessary, the
1366
44
existing bearing pin is to be retained and the new eccentric bush and lever
fitted as shown in A.F.O . Diagram 74/44, Arrangement B. As soon as
circumstances permit, a new bearing pin is to be made and fitted in accord
ance with A .F.O . D iagram 74/44, Arrangement C. This provides fo r a more
satisfactory locking device fo r the operating lever.
6.
The work should be carried out by ships staffs, but in the case o f
Messrs. Clarke Chapman s projectors, dockyard assistance should be sought
i f the necessary facilities are not available on board.
(A .F .O . 8 3 ili8 .)
1367. Respirator, Anti-Gas General Service and Civilian Duty Types Repair to
Head Harness
(T. 04067/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)

The nomenclature Tape non-extensible referred to in A.F.Os. 2629/43 and
5364/43 is in future to be known as web drab twill f-in.
(A.F.Os. 2629/4-3 and 5364/43.)
45
1369
4.
The Captain (D ) Liverpool is to insert an item, classification A , in the
class list o f As. and As. to Flower class corvettes to cover the work involved
in paragraph 2 (6) above.
(C.-in-C., W .A., 19 Nov., 1943, No. W .A. 3832/4922 M .)
1370. Asdic Installation Establishment Lists Errata
(N.S. 011535/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

Lists o f Errata to Asdic Establishment Lists as detailed hereunder, have been
prepared and copies will be distributed to the services concerned by the Super
intending Naval Store Officer, R.N. Store Depot, Copenacre, Hawthorn, Wiltshire.
Errata
Establishment
No.
Dated
List
Dated ,
Types
1
8 Feb. 1944
A/S 34
17 Nov. 1941 Attack Teacher A/S 22 in
ship or base and Attack
Teacher A/S 22 in mobile
A/S training unit.
J
8 Feb. 1944 Supplement to 17 Nov. 1941 Attack Teacher A/S 22 in
List A/S 34.
mobile A/S training unit.
1368. General Service Pump Connection to Condenser and Hotwell
Flower Class Corvettes
1371. VH/F Aerial Outfit A PH . Tests to be Carried out
(D. 2954/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)
(R.E. 10347/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)
The general service pump in many o f the vessels o f the above-mentioned class
can be used as an emergency air pump by drawing from the condenser and
discharging to the hotwell. The pump is arranged to discharge into a double valve
chest, one valve o f which controls the discharge to the fire service and the other
the discharge to the hotwell. I t is thereby possible, by faulty use o f the discharge
valve to hotwell, or by leakage of that valve, to admit sea water direct to the hotwell
when pumping to fire service.
The following test should always be parried out on completion o f fitting aerial
outfit A PH .
2. To eliminate the risk o f admitting sea water into the boilers from this source
arrangements are to be made, in all vessels in which the general service pump
can be used as an emergency air pump, for easily removable blanks to be fitted at
the condenser suction valve on the suction chest and at the discharge valve to hotwell
on the discharge chest.
3. Commanding Officers o f vessels concerned are to arrange accordingly,
work being carried out by the ships staff with assistance by the Base staff i f found
Order is to be retained until complied with.)
Pump Discharge Arrangements As. and As.
Flower Class Corvettes vnth W .T . Boilers

(D/N.L. 19837/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)
I t has been reported that in two vessels o f the above-mentioned class the
valves controlling the feed pump discharge to feed tank, situated on the discharge
valve chest, have been partially opened either in error, or due to vibration, resulting
in loss o f pressure in the feed discharge system.
2. In view o f the risk o f loss o f water in the boilers and the danger o f subjecting
the reserve feed tanks to excessive pressure the feed pump discharge system is to
be modified as follows :
(a) The valve controlling the feed pump discharge to deck is to be fitted
with a locking device and is to be kept locked shut except when feed
water is being transferred to or from deck. A warning plate stating
that valve is to be kept locked shut except when in use to be attached
to the valve.
(b) The pipe lines from the discharge valve chest to both reserve feed tanks
are to be broken close to the valve chest and a filling funnel with
sluice valve under fitted in each line so that flow o f water may be
easily observed.
3. The locking device and warning plate referred to in paragraph 2 (a) are to
be fitted by ships staff.
2. The Type 160 plug to be unplugged from the A.M. Type 20 adaptor at the
inboard end o f Pattern 53300 steel tube, the end o f the cable in the W/T office
tested for insulation and continuity. The Type 160 plug and the A.M. Type 20
adaptor should then be re-connected and a second test carried out in the W/T office.
Insulation reading should now be zero to earth.
3. The above test is to be carried out by ships staff in ships already in
commission. In new construction ships the above test to be carried out by dockyard
or fitting-out authorities.
4. Relevant specifications and drawings will be amended in due course.
1372. W/T Equipment Maintenance of, by Commercial W/T Companies
REPORT
(R.E. 10437/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

The W/T equipment fitted in requisitioned vessels comes under five
categories :
() Property o f the shipowner, fitted and maintained under an agreement
with a W/T company.
() Property o f a W/T company fitted and maintained under a rental
maintenance agreement with the owner o f the ship or with Admiralty.
(c) Property o f a W/T company but not covered by maintenance agreement
with that W/T company.
(d) Property o f the Admiralty, fitted and maintained uncier a maintenance
agreement with a W/T company.
(e) Admiralty property.
2.
In the case o f equipment in categories (a) and (6), application for servicing,
spares and replacements, should be made to the nearest agent o f the W/T company
concerned. Examples o f these types o f equipment are :
Category (a) 533, 534, 719, life boat sets, etc.
Category (6) TW12, TW12 H/F, 517, 727, etc.
Note (i). TW12 equipments in Category (6) are indicated thus
TW12 and TW12 H/F .
In the case o f equipments in Category (e) suffix letters follow the type
number, e.g., TW12CH, EH.
Note (ii). A small number o f TW12 and TW12 H/F sets are Admiralty
property and come in Category (d).
1372
46
Note (iii). In a number o f oases the transmitters o f the TW12 H/F
equipments are Admiralty property and come under Category (d) while the
remainder o f the equipment is the property of the M.I.M.C. company.
Note (iv). A small number o f TW12 equipments indicated by a suffix
letter, e.g., EH, CH, are maintained under agreement with the M.I.M.C. Co.
and come under Category (d).
3. Most o f the equipment in Category (c) is the property o f Rediffusion

(Gambrell), Matheson & Coastal Radio Companies. Maintenance o f these sets in
undertaken by the M.I.M.C. Co. except that in the case of Matheson sets at Aberdeen
and Coastal Radio sets at Leith, the owners o f the equipment will provide
maintenance.
4. Application for servicing, spares and replacements for equipment is
Category (d) should be made to the nearest agent of the W/T company concerned.
Examples o f these types o f equipment are as follows :
M .I.M .C . Co. ... TV5, TVS H/F, CNS I, C N Y 1, C N Y 2, HT11.
I.M .R .C o .
... TS3B, 2705E, etc.
Rediffusion
... 131A.
Note. A. number o f the TV5 sets are the property o f the M.I.M.C. Co.
and come under Category (6).
5. The fitting and maintenance o f equipment in Category (e) is the responsibility
o f the Admiralty.
6. A small quantity o f spares for equipment under maintenance agreement
will be carried on board. Replacements o f such spares are to be obtained from the
local agents o f the W/T companies concerned.
7. A ll applications for installation, servicing, alterations to or dismantling
o f equipment under maintenance contract must be made to the local agents o f the
companies concerned.
8. Should circumstances necessitate alteration to, or dismantling o f such
equipment where the services o f a firms agent are not available approval of the
Flag or Senior Officer concerned is to be obtained and a report forwarded to the
Admiralty indicating the nature o f the alteration, a complete list of apparatus
dismantled, its disposal, and the date on which the alteration or dismantling took
place, in order that the maintenance contract may be amended and disposal
instructions given o f any gear dismantled.
9. In certain instances, maintenance agreements have been made with
commercial W/T companies to cover the maintenance o f equipment in a class of
ship, or equipment in certain ships, within a specified area, e.g.,maintenance agree
ments are in force with the M.I.M.C. Co. for equipment in all B.Y.M.S. and for
the W/T equipment of M.M.S. craft in the Lowestoft and Great Yarmouth areas.
10. D.N.A. Form Y , must be certified by the Commanding Officer for aTl
services rendered by the agents of the W/T companies in connection with the
servicing of W/T equipment, supply of spares, installation, dismantling or alteration
o f equipment under maintenance contract.
11. The division o f responsibility between the W/T companies and the electrical
contractor in the work o f installation o f W/T equipment in H.M. ships is described
in A.F.O. 2868/43.
12. The addresses of the agents o f W/T companies concerned are published
in Admiralty Fleet Orders.
(A .F.O . 2808/43.)
(A.F.Os. 1145/40, 1337/40, 4176/40, 2407/41, 558/42 and 4891/42 are cancelled.)
1373. W/T and A/S Pattern 1195 Hydrometer, Ball Type, for Accumulator Acid
(N .S ./ C .P . 24349/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)

Pattern 1195, hydrometers, are now being supplied where the sequence
o f sinking and the colour o f the balls differs from that previously laid
down by specification. I t is essential, therefore, that all users shall refer
to the directions given on the hydrometer container.
47
1374
1374. Centralised W/T Power Supply System Fitting-out Information
Light Fleet Carriers

(R.E. 10249/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)
A.S.E. Preliminary Specification No. B.385/44 has been prepared to show the
method o f fitting and wiring centralised W/T power supply system in light fleet
carriers using boards 2BF, Distributing Pattern Nos. W8396, W8397 and W8399.
2. Copies o f the specification have been forwarded to Commanders-in-Chief,
Eastern Fleet and Western Approaches ; Admirals Superintendent, Chatham,
Devonport, Portsmouth, Orkneys and Rosytb ; Flag Officers, East Africa, West
Africa and Ceylon ; Commodore, Algiers ; Commodores Superintendent, Gibraltar,
Simonstown and M alta; Commodores-in-Charge, Sheerness and H alifax; Commr dore
R .I .N , Boml>av ; Cap tain-in-Charge, Bermuda ;
Captains Superintendent,
Alexandria and Durban ; Naval Secretaries, Wellington and Melbourne (for the
officers concerned at Melbourne, Sydney and Fremantle) ; Secretary Naval Board
(N.D.A.), Ottawa, and to B.A.M.R., Washington.
3. Copies o f the specifications have also been forwarded to the Warship
Production Supsrintendsnts, E ist Coast o f Scotland, North Western, Humber
Southern, London, South Wales, Belfast, Scottish and North Eastern areas ;
and to the Warship Electrical Superintendents, Scottish, North Western, North
Eastern, South Wales, London, South Western and Northern Ireland areas. The
Principal (Ship) Overseers and Emergency Repair Overseers o f all ships concerned
are therefore to apply to the Warship Production Superintendents o f their areas
for a copy o f A.S.E. Specification No. B.385/44 in accordance with the procedure
laid down in A.F.O. 790/40.
4. It is to be noted that any advance fitting-out drawings, etc., which may
already have been distributed are superseded by this specification and should be
destroyed.
(A .F.O . 790/40.)
1375. Flat Roof of Main W/'T Aerials Protecting Loops
Capital Ships. Cruisers, Depot and- Repair Ships

(R.E. 10307/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)
When halyards consisting of J-in. E.S.F.S.W.R. are fitted in accordance with
A.F.O. 5881/43, the protecting loops are to be modified by substituting |-in.
E.S.F.S.W.R. for the f-in. E.S.F.S.W.R. specified in A.F.O. 1949/40, (for loop B).
2. (a) Existing Ships. Protecting loops are to be modified if the halyards have
already been altered to |-in. E.S.F.S.W.R. In other cases the loops are to be
modified by ships staff concurrently with the alteration o f the halyards.
(b)
New Construction Ships. Halyards and loop of the larger denomination
are to be supplied and fitted by the shipbuilders concerned.
(A .F.O . 1949/40.)
1376. Aircraft Procedure for Dealing with Rogue Aircraft
(A. 12/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

The follow in g revised procedure is to be followed in Home Commands in
the case of ro g u e aircraft, i.e., those which for reasons which are not
apparent possess peculiarities or irregularities to an unacceptable degree.
2. Any a ircraft in Home Commands, which is suspected of being a
rogue is to be reported by signal to the F la g Officer, N aval A ir Stations,
inform ing the Rear A dm iral, Northern A ir Stations or the F la g Officer,
Carrier Train in g and Administration, as appropriate. The F la g Officer,
N aval A ir Stations will, should prelim inary investigation ju stify such,
action, notify A dm iralty with a copy of such notification direct to the Chief
Naval representative, M in istry of A irc ra ft Production.
3. The Chief Naval Representative w ill arrange with the A. and A .E .E .,
Boscombe Down, for a pilot to be sent to carry out a check test on the rogue
aircraft at the air station concerned.
48
49
I f suck check tests confirms the opinion o f the squadron concerned, and
the cause o f the defect is not apparent, the a ircra ft w ill be transferred
to Boscombe Down, F .O .N .A .S . arranging for the provision o f a replace
ment a ircra ft to the squadron.
1380. Seafire and Spitfire Aircraft 30-Gallon Drop Tanks and Drop
Tank Mechanism
4. I f corrected within 14 days, the a ircra ft w ill be returned to service

use. I f not so corrected, the a ircra ft w ill be retained and transferred to
C.R.D. charge.
A.F.O. 74/44 is to be amended as follow s: A fte r paragraph 3 in s e rt:

As no tanks w ill be inspected by R .N . Store Depots, all units concerned
are to inspect any tanks drawn from stores as well as those already in
service.
(A .F .O . 74 /44.)
1376
5. Im mediately it becomes apparent that the a ircra ft w ill be retained

longer than 14 days, the A. and A .E .E . w ill inform A d m ira lty (D irector o f
A ir Equipment and Director o f A irc r a ft Maintenance and R epair) and
M in istry o f A irc ra ft Production o f the fa ct by signal. The M in istry o f
A irc ra ft Production w ill then take necessary action to transfer the aircraft
to C.R.D. charge with the normal allotment forms.
6. The foregoing supersedes and modifies the instructions promulgated
in A d m ira lty Message 704R, which is accordingly cancelled.
(A .F .O . 3452/43 is cancelled.)
1371. Aircraft Accidents Due to Presence of Hoar Frost
(A .M .R ./ A irc ra ft Accidents 1914/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)

Instances have occurred where a ircra ft have fa iled to remain airborne
after take-off due to insufficient l i f t as a result o f the presence o f hoar frost
on the aerofoil surfaces. The attention o f all concerned is to be drawn to the
instructions contained in leaflet A .P . 1464/D. 121.
2. A n a ircra ft is to be regarded as unserviceable unless and until i t is
clear of frost at the moment the pilot signs Form 700 and taxies out to take
off.
3. Further, any undue delay between taxi-ing out to take off and actual
take-off may result in the accumulation o f further frost on the aerofoil
surfaces notwithstanding the fact that these had been cleared of frost at
the moment when the pilot began to ta xi out. The pilot is responsible for
ensuring that there is no accumulation o f hoar-frost on the aerofoil surfaces
at the time o f opening out to take off.
1378. Aircraft Floating Torches (Stores Ref. 5A/2728)
1380
(A .M .R . 3123 /43. 16 Mar. 1944.)
1381. Strength of Important Ship Structure Maintenance during Building and

Alterations
TV.P.Ss., P.S.O s., L loy d s Surveyors fo r New Construction, Dockyards and

P .E .R .O .(C )s .
(P . 2531/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)
W ar experience has shown that the importance of m aintaining the
strength o f the structure of a ship when alterations are carried out, or during
building, has not always been realized.
2. N o holes or cutting away should be authorized in the structure of a
ship without careful consideration of the effect on the strength of the
structure, having regard in particular to the existence o f other holes or
discontinuities in the locality. The positions fo r holes should be selected
with this in mind, and i f necessary compensation should be provided, the
A d m ira lty being referred to in cases of doubt. Holes in the more important
strength members, e.g., stringer plates of strength decks, sheer strake, or
abreast large openings in strength decks, should not be cut unless authorized
by the Adm iralty.
3. Lines of holes transversely across important decks, or vertically in
longitudinal bulkheads or ships side, must be avoided.
4. N o holes in important structure should be cut with square corners.
The radius at the corners should be as large as practicable and in any case
not less than 3-in. Holes 6-in. or less across must be circular or have semi
circular ends. As an example of satisfactory practice, in a recent capital
ship the ra d ii at the corners of certain holes in the strength deck w ere:
Funnel uptakes, boiler room downtakes, engine room vents 18-in.
W .T. hatches and holes fo r small ventilation trunks3-in.
(A .M .R . 20134/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

Instances have occurred on the above torches o f the connecting cable
fracturing at the point o f entry into the battery compartment and corrosion
of the compartment due to battery deterioration. The importance o f perfect
serviceability o f this equipment cannot be overstressed. Personnel issued
with these torches are responsible for sending them to the station electrical
officer weekly for examination and repair as necesary. Each inspection
should be recorded under 8.1. Misc./8.
(A d m ira lty Message 935R refers.)
1379. Seafire and Spitfire Aircraft Adjustment of Flying'Controls
(A .M .R . 2160/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)

A .F.O . 5886/43 is to be amended as follow s:
Paragraph S. Amend CO. 316 and PI. 307 to read CO. 317, Fu. 303 and
PI. 317.
Amend Inspection Schedule to read Seafire Inspection
Schedule
Paragraph 5. Amend A .P .2280 A and B to read A .P .2280 A, B, and C
A t foot o f the order insert a reference to A.F.O. 1725/43.
(A .F .O s . 1725/43 and 5886/4-3.)
1382. Various Types of Ramp Extension Fitting Instructions
L .C .T .(S ), (4), (5) and (6) and L .S .T .

(M ./D.C.O.M . 0336/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)
Various ramp extensions fo r L.C .T. and L .S .T. are now being dis
tributed. This Order gives a brief description o f each type, together with
advice concerning fitting, which is to be done by Base Staffs, assisted as
necessary by Local Authorities.
( 1) Christchurch Ram p Extension.
This is p rim a rily intended fo r use at Hards. General arrangement is
illustrated by A.F.O . Diagram No. 80/44(1).
N o fitting is required, but anchorage blocks are being supplied with each
ramp fo r use i f desired. In L .S .T .( 2), fo r example, anchorage blocks may be
fitted 7-ft. 9-in. from the end o f the ships ramp and 11-ft. apart.
(2) M ulock Type Ram p Extension fo r L .C .T .(3 ) and (4).
This is illustrated by A.F.O . Diagram No. 80/44(2), and its fitting to the
ship by A.F.O . Diagram No. 80/44(3). There are three o f these extensions
to each craft. They are being supplied complete with hinge lugs.
To fit, the correct setting o f the hinge lug should first be obtained by
using a template like sketch A , A .F.O . Diagram No. 80/44(4), for
L .C .T.(3), and A.F.O . Diagram No. 80/44(5) for L .C .T.(4). This setting
must be such that the ramp extension w ill stow flat when in the inboard
51
50
1382
position, and can also lie at an angle V (illustrated in A.F.O. Diagram

No. 80/44(3)) of 105,0 to the main ramp in the case o f L.C .T.(4) and 122 to
the main ramp in L .C .T .(3). (This is to enable extension to operate on
certain types of beach.)
The setting of the hinge lugs transversely should be obtained by using a
template as shown in sketch B , A.F.O . Diagram No. 80/44(6), for
L .C .T .(3 ) and (4).
H inge lugs should be cut to suit the end of the main ramp and welded
on. Extensions can then be fitted by sliding from inboard in the stowed
position and inserting the hinge pins.
Certain stores, e.g., blocks and tackles, w ill be supplied in due course
to assist in the operation of the ramps. Meantime, the anchor davit purchase
may be used.
(3) H ulock Type Ramp fo r L .C .T .(5 ) and (6).
Pan Head Conical Neck Rivets
Dia. of
rivet
Dia. of
bottom o f
head
Dia. o f
top of
head
Depth of
head
Depth o f
cone
In.
In.
2i
In.
In.
In.
I f
if
1 #
H
H
1
1
ft
M
It
n
H
1
Tff
This is illustrated by A.F.O. Diagram No. 80/44(7). I t is generally on

the same lines as the Mulock fitted to L .C .T .(3 ) and (4) and the same fitting
instructions are applicable, using templates as detailed in A.F.O. Diagrams
Nos. 80/44 ( 8, 9 and 10). A.F.O. Diagram No. 80/44(3) should be referred
to for angle V.
1383
1 *
i i
1A
11
fi
-1
A
U
"
&
i
18-
1
IG
i
Te
I
&
i
&
Angle of
cone
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
Dia. o f bottom o f head = l h times dia. o f shank +

Depth o f head
= J dia. o f shank +
Dia. o f top o f head
= dia. o f shank.
1384. Fore and Aft Gangways Provision of As. and As.
1383. Steel Rivets, Pan Head, Patterns 8-23A Modified Dimensions

(N.S./C.P. 9 A '64924/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)
In order to assist production it has been decided to accept as a wartime expedient
pan head rivets to Patterns 9-29A, with modified dimensions as enumerated below,
for both straight and conical neck rivets, in substitution for those described in
Admiralty Schedule 134.
Q and later class Destroyers and Leaders

(D/P. 012429/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)
In order to provide more convenient and safer means o f access between forward
and aft in destroyers and leaders o f Q and later classes in commission it has been
approved to fit longitudinal gangways bridging the spaces between upper deck
erections.
Admiralty Pan Head Rivets
2. The gangways are to be portable and lightly constructed for jettisoning

quickly in an emergency.
Dimensions and particulars of alternative pattern Admiralty Pan Head Rivets for
adoption in substitution fo r dimensions shoum in Admiralty Schedule 134,
Items 9 to 29A.
3. Details are shown on Admiralty Curators Drawing No. 718876, copies o f

which will be supplied by Admiralty, Bath, to repair authorities concerned on
request. A suitable length for the gangways should be determined in each ship.
Pan Head Straight Neck Rivets
4. Commanding officers o f vessels concerned are to include an item,

classification A , to cover the work o f fitting the gangways, in their next lists
o f As. and As.
( This Order is to be retained until complied with.)
Dia. of
rivet
In.
If
li
H
l
7
S'
3
4
1
1
7-
16
s
A
i
Dia. of
bottom of
head
Dia. of
top of
head
Depth of
head
In.
In.
If
H
H
i
7
1
~
i
fe
1
&
i
ft-
In.
m
if
lo
it
i*
i
1!
fi
fi
1
ti
A
U
1385. Monitor and Foam-making Equipment Installation As. and As.
B .A .T . Class 1-14 and Steel A .T .R . Class 41, 42, 48, 49 and 91-96
.21
32
M
a
a
a
w
&
4
&
A
(D. 01509/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

Ships o f the above-mentioned class are to be equipped with a monitor capable
o f producing a plain water jet or water spray and foam-making equipment as shown
in paragraph 2 below for fighting fires external to the ships.
2. The equipment for each ship comprises
() One monitor with 1-in., lj-in . and lj-in . fixed jet nozzles and one-spray
nozzle.
() Four breeching pieces for attachment to the existing deck connections
to double the number of hose connections.
(c) Sixteen additional 40-ft. lengths o f canvas delivery hoses.
(d) Four F.B. 10 foam-making branchpipes.
(e) Four in-line inductors.
(/) 250 gallons of foam compound in 15 or 20-gallon drums.
(g) Two sets o f instructions for operating the foam equipment.
52
53
3. The monitor is to be sited on the boat deck and connected to the fire-main
as shown diagrammatically in A.F.O. diagram No. 78/44. The in-line inductors,
foam-making branehpipes and hoses, should be stowed in protected positions on
the weather deck. Two drums of foam compound for ready use purposes are to bo
stowed under cover near the in-line inductors in a position where it will not be
subject to extreme cold, the remainder being stowed below decks. The breeching
pieces should be stowed alongside the fire-main hose connections.
1388. Fuelling Adaptors
1385
4. The equipment, other than the canvas delivery hose, is being purchased
by Admiralty. The sets for Oriana , Favourite , Weazel , Mindful
and Vagrant are being consigned to Vice-Admiral, Malta (in accordance with
C.-in-C. Med. 363/Med./822/33/l of 19/1/44) and the remainder will be stored at
Admiralty Machinery Depot, California Works, Stoke-on-Trent, pending issue on
demand by the authority undertaking installation. The hoses should be demanded
from the respective ships storing yards.
5. In order to compensate for the additional top weight involved in the
provision of fire-fighting equipment and other approved alterations and additions.
10 tons of ballast is required to be fitted in all vessels of the class with the exception
of Destiny , which has already been fitted with additional ballast. The ballast
should be arranged between frames 6 and 13 under the shaft tunnel, or, alternatively,
as low as possible in the ship, so as not to cause low trim. On completion of
the work, a report is to be forwarded stating the vertical and longitudinal position
of the centre of gravity of the ballast.
6. An item, classified A, should be inserted in the class list of As. and As. to
the ships concerned to cover the work of installation of the equipment, in
continuation of A.F.O. 5257/43.
(C.-in-C. E .F ., 21 Dec., 1943, No. 2288/E.F. 613/8.)
(C.-in-C., Med., 19 Jan., 1944, No. 363/Med. 822/33/1.)
(A .F.O . 5257 43.)
1386.
Ballast Pipe Lines Fitting of U-Bend As. and As.
L .C .T . (4)
(D./D.C.O.M. 0644/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)

The following A. and A. has been approved, classification A , for L.C.T. (4):
To fit a U-bend in the ballast pipe lines, on the port side, between
D.B.I6 and D.B.18 flooding valves, and on the starboard side between
D.B.15 and D.B.17 flooding valves.
2.
The work involved should be carried out by base staffs with dockyard
assistance if required.
1388
American-built L.S.Ts.
(N.S.F. 10664/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

To enable American-built, but British-manned L.S.Ts. to couple direct to
British fuelling hose connections, supplies of an adaptor, 4-in., male, American
standard thread to 3J-in., male, British Admiralty screw thread, are being obtained.
Commanding Officers of vessels concerned should forward demands S.134d to
Superintending Naval Store Officer, Devonport, for these articles on a basis of
one for each of the ships fuelling points.
1389 Degaussing
New Construction M .F.V s., 90-ft., 75-ft., 61\-ft. and 45-ft. Type;
(S.D.G. .30/44.-16 Mar. 1944.)

A ll new construction M .F.Vs. of 90-ft., 75-ft., 6U-ft. and 45-ft. type are
to be degaussed by flashing. Vessels of these types which are already in
commission are also to be given this treatment in cases where it has not
already been carried out.
2.
These instructions do not apply to vessels which have been taken up
for special service which will be given special treatment appropriate to their
service.
1390. Lead Economy in Use of
Dockyards and R ep a ir Establishments
(D./N.S. 13170/43.-16 Mar. 1944.)

In view of the urgent necessity fo r economy in the use of lead, the
quantity used for repair work is to be drastically reduced. Where repairs are
absolutely essential the use of sheet lead should be restricted to 2-5 or 4 lbs.
per square foot sheet.
2. Where plumbing in cabins, etc., becomes defective, it should be
removed, brought to produce and replace by steel piping.
3. Pattern 2273 Tadpole leads are no longer to be used.
4. Small stocks of lead piping of J-in. and f-in sizes w ill be maintained
to meet emergency requirements only.
(A .F .O . 5264!43 is cancelled.)
1391. Electric Cable, Pattern 13865 Introduction
(Capt., M .L.C ., 8 Jul. 1943, No. M .712/5.)
(N.S. 27829/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)
A new electric cable, 5-core, polyvinyl chloride insulated, and sheathed,

Pattern 13865, has been added to the Bat Book of Naval Stores under subhead
F.1C/1 (page 1189), for use in the installation of amplifier equipments, type 624,
a Coastal Force craft.
1337. W/T Equipment Fitting D/F Outfit F.M.12, Marconi H/F Transceiver
C.N.S.l, etc. Flower Class Corvettes
C.Os. of vessels concerned, Repair Authorities.
S.D. 01100/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)

With reference to A.F.O. 4326/43 (A.F.O. Diagram 274/43(1)), it has been
found that in Flower Class Corvettes fitted with separate W/T and coding offices,
the bulkhead and door between these compartments is unnecessary, and is therefore
to be removed.
2.
The Commanding Officers of the ships concerned are to insert an item in their
defect lists to cover the work involved, which should be carried out as opportunity
occurs.
(A .F .O . 4326/43.)
2. Details of this cable are as follows :

Cores. 2 cores, each 14/-0076 T.C.VV.,. diameter 0 034-in., P.V.C.
insulated, radial thickness 0-035-in., diameter 0-128-in. Eaeh core to be
braided with tinned copper wire 16/4/-006-in., diameter 0-128-in.
3
cores, each 14/-0076 T.C.W., diameter 0-034-in., insulated with
P.V.C. 0-035-in. radial thickness, diameter 0-104-in.
Sheathing, etc.The 5 cores to be laid up to a diameter of 0-310-in.
sheathed with P.V.C. 0-05-in. thick, overall diameter 0 -410-in.
3. In view of the limited requirements for this cable only a small quantity
will be purchased for stock, and will be held by the Superintending Naval Store
Officer, Severn Area.
1392
54
1392. Teak Restrictions in Use
Sh ip Construction and Repairs
(P./M.S. 5198/43.16 Mar. 1944.)

As the present acute shortage of teak makes it imperative that its use
be restricted to those services where its strength and durable qualities are
essential, the following instructions have been prepared in consultation
with Director of Merchant Shipbuilding:
2. Its usein H.M. ships must be restricted to
(a ) Margin planks and waterways where Borneo Whitewood or
Douglas F ir decks are fitted.
(b ) Bedding for miscellaneous weapons, instruments, and, where
necessary, deck machinery.
(c ) Linings for submarine battery tanks.
(d ) Alternatively with Borneo Whitewood (which is also in very short
supply) for chart tables exposed to the weather, wheelhouse doors
and window frames.
3. Director of Merchant Shipbuilding has arranged that its use w ill be
restricted to certain selected merchant ships which are likely to operate for
long periods in the tropics. The selection will be made by the department
of D.M.B. and the service for each vessel will be verified after consultation
with the Ministry of War Transport. The use of teak is to be restricted
to the following items:
(a ) Thin teak packing under bed plates of winches, electric generators,
steering gears, refrigerating plants.
(b ) Windlass and capstan soles.
(e) Bedding for weapons.
(d ) Construction of binnacles and steering wheels.
(e) Weelhouse window frames, binocular boxes and other small fittings
in exposed positions.
(/) For a limited number of wood doors to accommodation where
directly exposed to the sun.
The foregoing is to apply to merchant ships whether these are for
Government or private account.
4. Round teak logs should, wherever possible, be reserved for conversion
to deck margin planks.
5. Care is to be taken before demanding and using this timber, to
ensure that the full consideration is given to the use of other timbers in
better supply.
6. Should circumstances necessitate departure from the foregoing
instruction, directions are to be sought from Admiralty in the case of
H.M. ships and from Director of Merchant Shipbuilding for merchant
vessels.
(A .F.O s. 2079/02, 2798/42 and 3433/42.)
1313. Spare Ford V8 Engines Supply of
Harbour Launches (36-ft.)
(D. 17562/43.-16 Mar. 1944.)

Spare Vosper-Ford V-8 engines are available for 36-ft. harbour launches
stationed in the United Kingdom and will be held at H.M. Dockyards, Portsmouth,
Devonport, Chatham and Rosyth and at H.M.S. Dunluce Castle .
2. For launches stationed abroad, spare engines will be held at Malta,
Alexandria, Bombay, Colombo and Kilindini.
3. I f a replacement engine is required, it should be demanded from the most
convenient of the above establishments.
4. The defective engine removed from the launch is to be despatched
immediately to the nearest dockyard or refitting authority for refit, and after
refit should be replaced in the pool from which the spare engine was drawn.
5. When an engine is sent to a dockyard for refit, the History Sheet (Form
D.320B History Sheet) for the engine transferred is to accompany the engine.
55
1394
1394. Aircraft Radio Reporting of Defects in Radio-Communication and

Radar Equipment
(A .C .R .D . 625/43.16 Mar. 1944.)
As certain airborne radio equipment is common to both the Royal Navy
and the Boyal A ir Force, it has now been decided to institute a central
organization to deal with all reports of defects to this equipment. This
organization w ill act both as a filter and a clearing house on all matters
relating to defective airborne radio apparatus. This organization w ill be
known as the Defects Central Statistical Section (D .C .S .S .) and w ill be
under the control of the Director of Signals, A ir Ministry.
2. In order to ensure that the work of D.C.S.S. is effective, the procedure
for reporting defects in airborne radio equipment has been simplified and a
new questionnaire, described in paragraph 9 and illustrated in the Appendix
to this Order, has been introduced. The questionnaire calls for the minimum
inform ation essential for the speedy and thorough investigation of defects in
airborne radio equipment.
3. To gain a proper perspective of the importance of a defect it is

necessary, in most cases, to relate the number of defects experienced with
a particular component to the total number of that component in service.
In these cases the necessary evidence can only be collected over a period, and
technical investigation w ill not normally be instituted on a defect until
cumulative evidence shows this action to be warranted by its prevalence and
seriousness. Units w ill be informed of the position in regard to defect
reports rendered, but having regard to the foregoing they should not be
discouraged if a particular defect reported happens to be among the first
brought to notice and investigation action is considered unnecessary until a
later stage. In other cases where it appears that a reported defect may
im pair operational efficiency and may be more widespread than defect
reports indicate, action w ill be taken immediately to ascertain the extent of
the defect and to introduce prompt remedial measures as necessary.
4. Form A.21 is no longer to be used for reporting defects in airborne
radio equipment, and the new procedure described herein is to be introduced
forthwith.
5. Defect reports are to be rendered whenever a failure or defect is
attributable to
( i ) weakness in design,
( i i ) fau lty material,
( i i i ) imperfect workmanship, or
( iv ) fau lty servicing resulting from inadequate or incorrect servicing
instructions.
6. Defect reports are not required
( i ) when fau lty servicing is the basis of disciplinary action against the
servicing personnel responsible,
( i i ) when the matter w ill be the subject.of a complaint on the condition
o f an a ircraft (some examples of the complaints referred to in
this paragraph can be found in A ir Ministry Order A.585/42),

( i i i ) when the defects are manifestly attributable to the effects of
transport, handling or storage. In these instances normal repair
or replacement procedure w ill apply.
7. Defect reports from units of the N aval A ir Arm stationed ashore in

Great B ritain and Northern Ireland are to be rendered by postagram, givin g
the information required by paragraph 10 in the form shown in the Appendix
to this Order. In very urgent cases where the defect has resulted in the
grounding of an aircraft, the circumstances may be reported by telephone
over the official network (public lines are not to be used for this purpose) to
A ir M inistry, Whitehall, extension 5416. A report made by telephone must
be confirmed by postagram.
Units are to prepare four copies o f the
postagram, viz. :
( i) One copy to be retained by the U nit;
( i i ) One copy to be sent immediately to A ir Ministry (D. of S.),
Whitehall, London;
56
1384
9. A ll radio equipment defect reports are to give

applicable) in reply to the follow ing questionnaire:
Q
1394
57
( i i i ) One copy to A dm iralty (D .A .C .R .);

(iv ) One copy to F la g Officer through Commanding Officer o f ship or
station.
8. Defect reports from units embarked in carriers or on shore overseas
are to be rendered by the quickest means to the F la g Officer concerned, who
may institute such local investigations as may be possible. The report, with
any observations considered necessary, is to be transmitted to A ir M inistry
(D*. o f S.), Whitehall, London, and to Adm iralty, D .A.C .R., by microgram or
airgraph service, whichever is quicker. U nits should therefore render reports
in a form suitable fo r these means o f transmission.
inform ation
(as
u e s t io s t n a ik k
A.F.O. 1394 refers.

( I ) (a ) R .A .F . or R .N . Station, Formation, U n it or Ship to which the
defect occurred.
(b ) Type and M ark of a ircra ft (where applicable).
( I I ) A irc ra ft radio installation type number (A .R .I. or T.R . number).
( I I I ) Nomenclature o f U n it (e.g., transmitter, receiver, modulator, e tc.):
(a ) U n it or panel.
(b ) Type number.
(c ) Stores reference number.
( d) Serial number.
( I V ) Nomenclature o f defective component :
(a ) Component.
( b) Type number.
(c) Stores reference number.
(d ) Manufacturer ( i f known).
(e ) Value, capacity, or rating.
(/) Reference to circuit diagram, or position of component in
circuit.
(V ) Date when defective unit or component (as applicable)
(a ) Was issued to Unit.
( b) Was fitted.
( V I ) Estimated total running hours.
( V I I ) (a ) Indication of failure, and effect on operational performance of
the equipment.
(b ) State whether defect was detected when equipment affected was
airborne, under major, minor or daily inspection or under pre
installation test.
( V I I I ) Nature o f failure.
( I X ) Secondary failures resulting.
(X ) Modifications to circuit previously made.
reference number of the relevant defect report should be sent to the

authorities mentioned in paragraph 7. Units based in carriers or stationed
ashore overseas w ill not be requested to return defective equipment.
12. On receipt of instructions to forward a defective item for investiga
tion, Home Units are to ensure the prompt despatch of the item by the
quickest means, except that, i f the defective items, i.e., complete transmitters,
receivers, control units, can be repaired locally and it is known that new
units of the same type are in short supply, they need not be forwarded.
Such exceptions should be restricted to cases where equipment is required
for operational services.
13. It is essential that defective items of equipment forwarded for
investigation be clearly and securely labelled, and carefully packed to prevent
further damage and defect occurring in transit. The inner label is to bear
the following particulars:
(i) Sending Unit.
(ii) Description and stores reference number of the item.
( iii) The special serial number and date of the instruction to forward.
The label is also to be prominently marked
Defect For Investigation
and addressed to
D .C .D ./R .A .E ./T.R .E . For attention of .................
(The remainder of this clause will be given in the A ir Ministry
instructions to forward.)
14. The final results of an investigation into a defect will be communi
cated to the Flag Officers concerned as soon as the cause has been established.
Instructions will also be given as to further reporting action ( i f any)
required on future similar defects. Until such instructions are received,
however, units are to continue to render defect reports as above on all
failures.
15. I f a component or item of equipment again becomes defective after
remedial or modification action has been carried out as the result of previous
defect reports, the defect is again to be reported, following the above
procedure.
Appendix
O riginators Ref. No.
Postagram
D ate: 1st April, 1943.

To : A ir M inistry (D irector o f Signals), Whitehall.
From : R.N . A ir Station, Hatston.
A.F.O . 1394/44.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
( X I ) Remarks, including probable cause o f failure.

( X I I ) I f overseas, remarks o f Staff A ir Radio Officer.
10. Flag Officers are not required to comment on the reports, except in
the case of disagreement with the Units remarks under Question X I, or
where useful additional information can be given. Such observations should
be forwarded to A ir Ministry (D. of S.) and Admiralty (D.A.C.R.) within a
few days of the despatch of the defect report to which they refer.
11. Defective components or items of radio equipment on which defect
reports have been rendered are to be suitably labelled with the defect report
reference number and date to facilitate identification, and are to be held
by units of the Naval A ir Arm stationed ashore in Great Britain and
Northern Ireland until disposal instructions are issued by the A ir Ministry.
When it is considered impracticable to return equipment at the request of the
A ir Ministry, a postagram reporting the circumstances and containing the
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(a ) 771 Squadron. (b ) Swordfish.

General purpose.
(a ) Receiver. (b ) R.1116. ( c ) 10D/10310. (d ) 1234.
(a ) Resistance.
( b) 103.
(c) 10C/7956.
(d ) Not known.
(e ) 5,000 ohms. (/) A .P . 1186, Vol. I, Sect. 3, Chap. 8,
Fig. 2R.40.
(a ) Received already installed in aircraft on 10th January,

1942. ( b) See (5) (a).
100.
Sudden complete failure of reception and intercom.
Resistance apparently burnt out. Megger test shows no circuit
through resistance.
N il.
N il.
Resistance shows no signs of overheating. Momentary severe
crackling in telephones, followed immediately by failure of
reception. Cause unknown.
N ot applicable.
Originators Signature :
(A . F . O .
Time of Origin :
4904/43 is
cancelled.)
1395
58
59
13S5. Aircraft Radio Transmitters, T."0 03 Elimination of Interference to

Receivers, Type R.1116A, in Swordfish Aircraft
Receiver, type R.1116A, is a modified form of receiver, type R.1116 and is

designed to eliminate interference from transmitter, type T.3040E.
2. It has been found that in the case of Swordfish aircraft these modifications
are insufficient and it is necessary to fit an interference suppressor in the power
leads to the transformers of the transmitter, type T.3040E.
3. The modification is to be incorporated in all transmitters, type T.3040E,
held by, or as spares for, Swordfish squadrons, and in all T.3040Es. passing through
radio repair centres and the following R.N. Air Sections and Stations : Grail,
Coimbatore, Clappenburg Bay, Katukurunda.
4. The parts required for the modification are supplied in a kit, Stores
Reference 10/Mod. N.10, comprising the following items :
50/1002
5E/1348
10A/ACR.9
28/9
280/3070
28/6759
5K/1493
Nomenclature
13S6. Radio Interference
ft FO J 4 9 i j n i . .
(A.C.R.D./N.S. Air 6514/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)
Stares Ref.
'{ 3
Quantity
Suppressor, radio interference, type P ...

...
...
1
Cable,.L.T., Dumet 7
...
...
...
...
... 9 inches
Bracket, steel, 3|-in. x 1-in. x 1-in. ...
...
...
2
Bolts, steel, 4 B.A. x 0-6-in. ...
...
...
...
8
Washers, steel
...
...
...
...
...
...
8
Nuts, mild steel, 4 B.A...............................................
8
Cable end, eye type, soldering, 4 B.A. ...
...
...
1
4. Stocks of 10/Mod. N.10 have been or are being laid down at R.N. Store
Depot, Copenacre (Home) and R.N. Store Depots, Gibraltar, Malta, Alexandria,
Kilindini, Trincomalee and Durban and at Naval Air Station, Wingfield. Demands
for kits required for Swordfish squadrons equipment should be made on these
depots, but an initial bulk issue of 100 kits is being made to all radio repair centres.
Further demands for kits from radio repair centres should be for bulk consignments
of not less than 50 kits.
5. The procedure is as follows (A.F.O. Diagram 73/44) :
(i) Remove both lower side plates of the transmitter. Mark off and drill
the four fixing holes in the bottom of the transmitter as shown in the
diagram.
(ii) Remove the cover of the suppressor. Connect one end of the length
of Dumet 7 to the end of the suppressor marked Screened as shown
in the diagram, taking care to obtain good bonding between the
sleeves (inserted in the suppressor reversed for packing) and the
braiding.
(iii) Unsolder the two leads from the top two pins (pins 1 and 2) of the power
input W plug. Connect these two leads to the end of the sup
pressor marked Unscreened as shown in the diagram, the suppressor
being outside the transmitter on the left (when facing the plugs) during
this operation.
(iv) Fasten the two brackets 10/ACR.9 to the transmitter floor, as shown,
by means of the nuts and bolts provided.
(v) Cut the Dumet 7 projecting from the suppressor so that a length of some
8 in. remains. Bare the ends and make about 1 in. of the braiding
into a pigtail . Solder this to the soldering tag provided and
secure the latter under the top securing nut of the W plug on the
side nearest the Screened end of the suppressor. Solder two
cores of the Dumet 7 to the top two pins of the W plug.
(vi) Replace the cover of the suppressor and insert into the transmitter.
Fasten to the two brackets by means of the nuts and bolts provided,
(vii) Treat all bolts and nuts with Bakelite varnish so as to prevent their
working loose under vibration.
8.
Transmitters so modified are to be clearly marked by painting R.1116A
SUP. on the case adjacent to the power input plug.
1396
Coastal Force Craft.
C.F.M. 187/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

The following is a list of present methods of reducing radio fterference in
coastal craft. The numbered sections are to the sources enumerated^ paragraph 1
o f A.F.O. 955/43 :
Section 1.-Radar Equipment :(a) Earth plates
Two separate earth plates and split bonding
system for W/T and Radar equipment to be
fitted in accordance with/specification C.F.M./
S.D.O 3016/42.
(6) Type 291U
Outfit R.I.S. 5 to be fitteaf for each W/T receiver
on board in accordanceywith specification B. 380/
43. Supply will be made as production permits
and without demand
(c) Screened offices
Radar and W/T officesfto be screened in accordance
with specification Si. 370/43.
(d) Screened aerial lead for An addendum to i T.C.S. fitting specification
B. 224/43, givinrf details of new screened aerial
T.C.S.
leads will be issired at an early date.
Notes. (i) Item (a) is included in item (c) and
should be fittail only when time does not permit
of completing the full item (c).
(ii) Until/R.I.S. (5) units are available the
interim suppression arrangement detailed in
C.F.T.M. f34 Beehive Limiter should be
fitted.
(iii) Cpies of above A.S.E. specifications
will be iseued in the normal manner. Specification
for iter/ (a) to be demanded as required from
Admiralty.
Section 2. W/T and Radar Conversion Equipment :

(a) M. 343 and M. 343A A.F.O. 5237/43 and A.F.O. Diagram 330/43 are
motor generators.
noy cancelled. 'The arrangement shown in

A f'.O . Diagram 71/44 (1-2) (Drawings D.E.E.
{ b) M. 346 anode converter
( c) M. 381 motorênera-
tors.
(d) W . 251
Radar con
verter for Type 286
(24/).
(e) W.^517
Radar con
verter for Type 286
r(110v.).
1/053 and 11537) respectively using A.P. 19436

ad A.P. 19436A condensers is to be fitted to
all existing M. 343, M. 343A machines. The
^L.T. and motor input filters (M. 379, M. 378
respectively) are to be removed before fitting
the condensers but the H.T. filter M. 380 is to
remain.
Arrangements are being made for new machines
to be fitted with condensers before issue and
designated Pattern M. 343B.
A converter, M. 346N, M. 346E or M. 346A, fitted
with filters is to be demanded from S.N.S.O.,
Haslemere.
Suppressors are supplied with these motor
generators. Alternatively, if these are unsatis
factory in a particular case A.P. 19436, 19436A
condensers are to be connected as shown in
A.F.O. Diagram 71/44 (3) (Drawing D.E.E.
11067) in lieu of original filters.
Connect one A.P. 19443 suppressor in series with
A , L , and MF leads to D.C. input as
shown in A.F.O. Diagram 71/44 (4) (Drawing
D.E.E. 11677).
Connect one A.P. 19433A suppressor in series with
A and COM leads to D.C. input as shown
in A.F.O. Diagram 71/44 (5) (Drawing D.E.E.
11529).
1396
ufo
J*f9 Sf r i . .
60
(/) W. 2518 Radar con Connect one A.P. 1944] A suppressor in Series with
verter for Type 286
A and COM leads to D.C. inpyt as shown
(220v.).
in A.F.O. Diagram 71/44 (5) (Drayfing D.E.E.
11529).
(Note . W ien fitting suppressors to W. 2516,
W. 2517, W.2518 converters,/ the existing
8-0-8-mfd. condensers across the D.C. input
must be removed complete witl/a ssociated leads)
{<)) W. 4515\Radar
conW.4516/ verters for

Type 291.
Connect one A.P. 19433A suppressor in series with

the mains leads and one A.P./19441A suppressor
in series with the field leads/as shown in A.F.O.
Diagram 71/44 (6) (Drawing D.E.E. 11678).
(h) T.C.S. motor generator
Connect one A.P. 19433A sx pressor in series with

the supply leads as sho^ n in A.F.O. Diagram
71/44 (7) (Drawing D.l
11680)
(24v.).
(i) Outfit
D.U.R. (A.P.
54220 and A.P.54221
power units) for
Type 970.
Connect two A.P. 19433A suppressors as shown in

A.F.O. Diagram 71^4 (8) (Drawing D.E.E.
12210 ).
Section 3. Asdic Equipment :

(a) A/S H.F. generator for
Type 134A installa

tion and A/S training
gear.
A.P. 19433 suppressors are to be connected in same

parts of the ci/cuit as A.P. A. 1668 was formerly
fitted in accordance with the installation notes
on DrawingAD.E.E. 10181. Improved suppres
sion arrangements are being developed.
Section 4. Echo Sounding Equipment

(a) E/S recorders
Power supply arrangements are to be modified to

confornl generally with A.F.O. 2286/43, anil
paragraphs 9 and 10 of that Order in particular.
With te ference to paragraph 12 (a) of the Order,
theraf are now adequate stocks of suppressor
unit, Pattern 19433, and these should be
demanded as required. Fitting of suppressor
/its Pattern 19433 will reduce interference but
erious interference can only be eliminated by
[ising recorders with internal suppression in
'conjunction with A.P. 19433 suppressors. In
ternally suppressed recorders (distinguished by
a suffix letter A added to their serial numbers)
are now being fitted with new sets, and arrange
ments are being made for the replacement of
existing unsuppressed recorders by suppressed
recorders. Supply o f suppressed recorders will
be made as production permits and without
demand.
Section 5. Ignition System

(a) Hall Scott engines
The existing H.T. leads in B M.Ls. and C

M.G.Bs. are to be replaced by a complete set o f
new H.T. leads which will be distinguished by a
white plastic collar attached to the cable. In
addition to the above modification it is necessary
for the L.T. circuit to be modified in accordance
with A.F.O. Diagram 71/44 (9) (Drawing
D.E.E. 11527) for engines with coil boxes, and
A.F.O. Diagram 71/44 (10) (Drawing D.E.E.
11666) for engines with separate coils. Supply of
the necessary equipment will be made a*
production permits and without demand.
1396
61
(b) Packard engines
...
Arrangement are being made for thânodifieation

of the existing suppression to prevent inter
ference from being radiated fatal the four- or
five-pin plug and socket.
/
As an interim measure, interference arising
from this source can be considerably reduced by
bonding across the plug and socket with flexible
braid in a similar taanner to that employed
across rubber pipe joints.
Section 6.-Other Electrical Equipment :
Electrical equipment under these headings is normally suppressed to Admiralty

requirements before boats pass into service. Spare suppressor units for the various
items of equipment, i.e., fans, clear view screens, dyefemos and ignition are included
in the spare gear lists. Demands for this equipment should be made in accordance
with A.F.O. 6157/43. Where equipment is linsuppressed or unsatisfactorily
suppressed, use may be made of the following itamas. Demands for these items must
be endorsed with the appropriate authority (e.g., Appendix to A.F.O. 955/43 (see
A.F.O. 5237/43)). Where Coastal Force Bases/5r EJR.Os. have difficulty in obtaining
suppressors, a signal stating the position should be sent to Admiralty. The supply of
suppressors is limited and demands must We restricted to immediate requiremeiits.
A.P. 19433A ... Electrical equipment suppressor (10 amps. 220-v.).
A.P. 19434
Plug resistance suppressor.
... Distributor resistance suppressor.
A.P. 19435
19436A 0-25-mfd. suppression condenser (right and leftA.P. 19436
hand Jag respectively).
... Suppressor for automatic voltage regulators (30-amps,
A.P. 19440
220-^.).
A.P. 19441A ... Electrical equipment suppressor (5-amps, 220-v.).
... Electrical equipment suppressor (40-amps, 220-v.).
A.P. 19443
... A, B, C, D, radio interference suppressor adaptors (for
A .P .19444
use with flexible metal conduit).
(See also A.F.O. 5757f43.)
Notes. (i) When fitting condensers it is essential that the leads between the
live terminal of the apparatus and the condenser shall be as short as possible and
shall not exceed three inches. Good metal contact must be made between the
condenser lug and the frame of the machine.
(ii)
Fitting of suppressors should be generally in accordance with A.F.O.
Diagram 71/44 (11) (Drawing D.E.E. 11667).
Section 7
(a)
For further general information on radio interference and suppression,
reference should be made to the maintenance instructions being circulated to all

Coastal Force Bases under cover of Admiralty Letters C.F.M. 3801/43 of 3 Dec.,
1943, and C.F.M. 4973/43 of 6 Dec., 1943.
(A.F.Os. 955/43, 2286/43, 5757/43 and 6157/43.)
(A .F.O . 5237/4:3 is cancelled..)
1397. Aircraft Appendix A Equipment Procedure on Allotment of

Aircraft for Repair Modification or Major Inspection
(N .S. A ir 5056/43.16 Mar. 1944.)

The follow in g procedure is to be carried out with regard to Appendix
" A equipment on allotment of aircraft fo r repair, modification or major
inspection.
2.
( i ) N aval A ir Stations and Sections at Home. The N a va l A ir Stations
or Sections from which an a ircra ft is allotted to a contractor or Royal A ir
Force Maintenance U n it for repair, modification or major inspection, is to
be responsible for removing all items of Appendix A equipment marked
M in columns 7 or 8 of the Standard Checking List or, where no
1397
62
63
Standard Checking List for the type has been issued, all items shown in the
relevant list in the appendix to this Order. Further lists w ill be issued for
other types if it seems likely that the issue of Standard Checking Lists will
be delayed.
10. Aircraft allotted to a Royal Naval Aircraft Repair Yard, H.M .

Repair Ship, Royal Naval A ir Station or Royal Naval A ir Section for
repair, modification or major inspection, are to be sent complete with
operational equipment, which should be overhauled and completed
concurrently with the aircraft.
1397
(ii) In the case of aircraft of miscellaneous types for which Standard

Checking Lists have not been issued and which are not shown in the appendix
hereto, all S.S. (Service Supply and Service Fitment) items are to be
removed, together with all guns, radio equipment and any easily removable
items of camera equipment.
( iii) Any Appendix A items which are held for, but not fitted to, the
aircraft and are not directed to be removed by this Order, are to be sent
with the aircraft, which is to be carefully checked before despatch, as laid
down in B.R. 4, Part II, paragraph 10, to ensure that no items which should
be fitted have been omitted, and that all M items have been removed.
N o te .The symbol M has been adopted in lieu of R for indicating
items to be removed from aircraft being sent to contractors or R.A.F.
Maintenance Units for repair, etc.
A ll Standard Checking Lists
(B.R. 380/series) are therefore to be amended by substituting the letter M
for the letter R at paragraph 13 of the Memorandum of Instructions,
and throughout column 8 (or column 7 in later S.C.Ls.).
3. Equipment so removed is to be returned forthwith to the appropriate

R.N. Store Depot, except where there is a specific requirement at the Station,
e.g., to make good a deficiency on an aircraft already held, or to complete
to authorized allowances. In these instances care is to be taken to ensure
that any demands which may have been forwarded to a Store Depot in respect
of these requirements, are cancelled. Gun armament items are to be returned
to the appropriate R.N. Armament Depot in accordance with A.F.O. 5086/43
and any subsequent Admiralty Orders.
4. Items in a repairable condition should be made fully serviceable
before return to the Store Depot, but if the repairs cannot be effected within
a reasonable time, say four weeks, the stores are to be returned forthwith
as beyond the capacity of the Stations to repair.
5. Care is to be exercised in the packing and handling of items of
Appendix A equipment, particularly those of a delicate nature, e.g.,
wireless sets, to minimize the possibility of damage in transit.
6. To meet the special requirements of Donibristle, a reserve stock of
removable items of Appendix A equipment equal to approximately two
months expenditure is to be maintained on that Station, but any quantities
in excess are to be returned to the appropriate Store Depot.
7. Aircraft allotted to a Naval Aircraft Repair Yard, Repair Ship,
Naval A ir Station or Naval A ir Section for repair, modification or major
inspection, are to be sent complete with operational equipment, which should
be overhauled and completed concurrently with the aircraft.
8. (i) A irc ra ft Carriers and Catapult Ships in Home Waters.When
information is received that an aircraft is to be consigned to a contractor or
Royal A ir Force Maintenance Unit for repair, modification or major
inspection, action is to be taken in accordance with paragraph 2 above.
(ii) Aircraft allotted to a Naval Aircraft Repair Yard, Repair Ship,
Naval A ir Station or Naval A ir Section for repair, modification or major
inspection, are to be sent complete with operational equipment, which should
be overhauled and completed concurrently with the aircraft.
(iii) Should the destination of an aircraft not be known, the procedure
laid down in paragraph 8 (i) above is to be carried out.
9. A ll Ships and Services Abroad.When an aircraft is to be shipped to
United Kingdom for repair, modification or major inspection, Appendix A
equipment is to be dealt with as in paragraph 2 above.
11. Except at Donibristle, where stocks held should be sufficient, the

re-equipment of aircraft with removable items up to the basic training scale
on allotment after repair, modification or major inspection, will be arranged
by the Admiralty. Instructions detailing the items required will be for
warded to the appropriate R.N. Store Depot for supply to be made from
depot stocks to the Station concerned. Items required for equipping the
aircraft for specialized training which cannot be met from stocks held by
the Station to which the aircraft has been allotted, are to be obtained by
demand direct from the appropriate R.N. Store or Armament Depot.
12. Radar E quipm ent. The above instructions are subject, as regards
Radar equipment, to the special directions contained in C.A.F.Os. 287/43
and 1012/43.
A
p p e n d ix
Lists of items to be removed fro m A irc ra ft p rio r to despatch to Contractors

or Royal A ir Force Maintenance U n it fo r Repair, M odification or
M a jo r Inspection
Defiant I and Target Towing
Appendix A
Item No.
Stores Ref. No.
Defiant
Target
Towing.
Defiant
I.
24A
8A/2127
25A
8A/2128
59A
7H/1663
60A
63A
8A/1156
8B/1588
64A
5A/1707
38C
34C
34ae
34be
6A/676
or
6A/579
or
6A/1002
and
6A/10R0
GA/1072
or
8A/1104
or
6A/1274
and
6A/1060
110D/4
or
liCD/168
110D/6
or
110D/167
39C
34cC
40C
41C
42C
89E
90E
92E
93E
__
Description.
Qty.
U N ITS, rear sear release, electric, No. 3,

right hand.
UNITS, rear sear release, electric, No. 3,
left hand.
GUNS, B RO W NING , 0-303-in., No. 2,
Mark II*.
Units, fire and safe, hand operated, N 9. 1
Sight, machine gun, relative speed, reflector
type, free gun, Mark I I I A*.
Filament lamps, 24-volt, 6 and 18-watt,
double filament.
CLOCK, Mark IIIA , luminous
.............
or
Mark II, lu m in o u s ...................................
or
Mark IIA , luminous 'I
and
y 1 No.
Plate or adaptor
J
Mark IIB , luminous...................................
or
Mark IIC lum 'nous...................................
or
Mark IID , luminous
and
y 1 No.
Plate adaptor
J
TR A N S M ITTE R A.V.T., 15 c/w valves
or
A.V.T.15B
..............................................
R E C E IV E R A.V.R.20, c/w v a l v e s .............
or
A.V.R.20B
..............................................
2
2
4
4
1
4
1
1
1
Appendix ** A
Item No.
Stores Ref. No.
Defiant
Target
Towing.
Defiant
I.
73E
78E
78E
80E
79eE
80aE
77aE
78aE
168E
169E
17IE
172E
37E
173E
176E
__
33E
34E
Description
Qty.
1
1
10DB/2
I R E C E IVE R R.3003, c/w valves, and
........................
10LB/4
Control nnit, Type 18
or
or
10DB/506
R E C E IV E R R.3109, o/w valves, and
I0LB/111
Control nnit, Type 109
...
.............
or
or
R E C E IV E R R.3078, c/w valves, and
10DB/415
Control unit, ly p e 83
........................
10LB/86
or
or
10DB/444
R E C E IVE R R.309Q, c/w valves, and
10LB/137
Control unit, Type 1..................................
or
or
110D/NIV/102
R E C E IV E R A.B.K., 24-volt, c/w valves, and
Control unit assembly
........................
A M P L IF IE R A.1219, c/w valves
10U/10
5J/1387
Accumulator, 2-volt, 20 amp./br., Type B
Battery, dry, 4-5-volt
5J/1383
5J/1333
Battery, dry, 120-volt, Type A
.............
or
or
5J/1615
Battery, dry, 120-volt, Type B
.............
A M P L IF IE R " A.1271, c/w valves
.............
10D/549
T R A N S M IT T E R - R E C E IV E R T.R.1133A,
10D/39
c/w valves, and
Controller, electric, Type 1A
............ .
10J/7
5L/1702
Lamps, filament, 24-volt, P.O. No. 2
or
or
10D/325
TR AN S M IT T E R -R E C E IV E R T.R.1196, c/w
valves, and
10J/22
Controller, electric, Type 4 ........................
or
or
HOD/145
T R A N S M IT T E R - RE C E IV E R S.C.R.1522,
c/w valves, and
1I0.T/71
Controller
..............................................
Appendix
A
Item No.
10D/325
69E
70E
10J/22
5L/1638
or
5L/1702
or
10D/152
71E
135E N.F.
131E N.F.
132E N.F.
NF.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
5
N.F.
N.F.
N.F.
177E N.F.
182E N.F.
183E N.F.
184E N.F.
181E N.F.
17E D.F.
15E D.F.
208E D.F.
211E D.F.
212E D.F.
216E D.F.
230E D.F.
237E D.F.
D.F.
D.F.
Fulmar I and I I and N /F I I

Stores
Ref. No.
Description.
Note
Items marked D.F. in Column 1 are applicable to Fulmar D.F., Marks I and I I only.
Items marked N.F. in Column 1 are applicable to Fulmar N.F., Mark I I only.
Items not marked D.F. or N.F. are common to all Fulmar aircraft.
1A D.F.
7H/1669
GUNS, B RO W NING , 0-303-in., No. 4, Mark II* ...
2A D.F.
8A/1133
.............
Units, fire and safe, pneumatic, No. 1
3A D.F.
8A/1127
Units, rear sear release, pneumatic, No. 1
N.F.
107K/92
GUNS, B RO W NING , 0-50-in., M.G.53-2, Mark II,
No. 1
N.F.
8A/1133
Units, fire and safe, pneumatic
N.F.
107K/U9
Mechanism, loading, complete, No. 2
63A
11A/560
C AR R IE R , BOMB, fight series, Mark I II , Type
E.M., with brass plug, without AJ3. switch.
64A
26BE/
Removable fittings to complete removable instal
lation o f L.S. carrier.
48A
SIGHT, M ACHINE GUN, relative speed, reflector
8B/2350
or
type, Mark IIS
or
49A
8B/2361
Mark I I *
...
...................................
D.F.
8B/2463
Calorex screen
...
...
...
52A
5L/2014
Lamps, filament, 24-volt, 6 and 18-watt, Type B
72C
6A/380
COMPASS, Type 0 - 2 ..............................................
or
or
73C
6A/892
Tvpe 0 2A ........................................................
34E
10D/69
R E CE IVER R.1147, c/w valves
........................
43E
10K /2
Power unit, Type 23..............................................
42E
10L/1
Control unit, Type 19
...................................;
N.F.
N.F.
Qty.
8
8
8
4
N.F.
N.F.
N.F.
N.F.
N.F.
N.F.
N.F.
51C D.F.
62C D.F.
N.F.
*
4
1
1 set
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
Stores
Ref. No.
84E
Apj>endix
A
Item No.
1397
65
64
1397
29D
30D
31D
32D
42D
38D
39D
40D
33D
34D
35D
36D
37D
41D
(66498)
10J/26
5L/1141
or
110D/145
110A/148
110J/71
5L/1702
10U/10
5J/1251
5J/1333
or
5.T/1615
5J/1387
10D/256
10L/31
10DB/2
10LB/4
or
10DB/506
10LB/111
or
10DB/444
10LB/137
or
110D/NIV/102
or
10DB/415
10LB/86
or
110D/NIV/123
_
10DB/701
10DB/320
10DB/702
10QB/110
6A/1072
or
6A/1104
or
6A/580
__
27P/7
27P/8
27C/2033
12D/245
7B/971
12D/514
12D/527
33C/634
27C/1925
27C/1918
27C/1894
27H/2072
27C/2036
Description.
Qty.
T R A N S M ITTE R -R E C E IV E R T.R.1196, c/w valves,

and
Controller, electric, Type 4 .......................
Lamps, filament, 24-volt, 1-5-watt
or
or
TR A N S M ITTE R -R E C E IV E R T.R.1143, c/w valves,
and
Controller, electric, type 3
Lamps, filament, 12-volts, 1-2-watt
or
TR A N S M ITTE R -R E C E IV E R
T.R.5043 (S.C.R.
522), c/w valves, and
Rack, Tvpe 5009 (T.T.244A)
............
...
Controller, electric, Type 5003
A M P L IF IE R A.1219, c/w valves
............
Batteries, dry, 6-volt
Batteries, dry, 120-volt, Type A ...
or
...
Batteries, dry, 120-volt, Type B ............
Accumulator, 2-volt, 20 amp./hr., Type B
TR AN S M IT T E R -R E C E IV E R T.R.1161, c/w valves,
and
Control unit, Type 62, c/w l a m p ............
...
........................
or
...
...
.......................
or
...
...
Control unit assembly, Type 1
............
or
...
Control unit, assembly
........................
or
R E C E IV ER , R.3078, c/w valves, and
...
or
R E C E IV E R S.C.R.695A, c/w valves, and
...
........................
T R A N S M ITTE R -R E C E IV E R T.3065B-R.3102A:
...
Transmitter T.3065B, c/w valves ...
...
Modulator unit, Type 20, c/w valves
Receiver R.3102A, c/w valves
...
Indicator unit, Type 48A, c/w valves
CLOCKS, Mark IIB , luminous
.............
or
...
Mark IIC , luminous...................................
or
Mark II, non-luminous
........................
PACK, EMERGENCY, contractors type, c/w :
2
Rations, emergency flying, Mark I I
4
Water,canned
1
Combined cup and baler
........................
1
Smoke floats, red, No. 3, Mark I ..............
1
Pistol, signal, 1-in., No. 2, Mark V
Cartridges, signal, 1-in., red, Mark X H ... 30
10
Boxes, No. 381, Mark I
2
Markers, sea, fiuorescine, blocks ...
1
Flag, recognition
...................................
1
Mast, telescopic
2
Paddles, glove t y p e ........................
1
Heliograph, stainless steel ...
1
Cover, weather, Type M
1
First-aid outfit
...................................
l
l
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
Hurricane. Aircraft
Appendix A
Item Nos.
Sea Hurricanes
IA , IB.
IIB , IIC.
1A
IA
CO
Hurricane
I IA , I I B
IIC.
IA
or
57A
2A
3A
2A
3A
84 A
2A
or
58A
3A
or
59A
140A
68A
85A
114A
59A
Stores
Ref. No.
7H/2079
Description.
GUNS, B RO W N IN G , 0-303-in., No. 5, Mark I I * ...
8A/1133
Units, fire and safe, pneumatic
_
8A/1127
Units, rear sear release, pneumatic
No. 7, Mark I I*
7G/231
8B/2350
or
115A
175A
60A
"
117A
115aA
53C
176A
.4 77A
55C
--
54C
5<iC
8B/2361
or
8B/2483
5L/2013
8B/2463
6A/679
or
6A/1502
or
0A/1072
or
6A/1104
or
6A/1150
or
106A/322
Units, firing, pneumatic, Mark I I ............................................

SIGHT, GUN. relative speed, reflector type, Mark IIS (Iesi
reflector),
or
Mk. I I
...................................
..................................
or
Mark I I L .............................................................................
Lamps, filament, 12-volt, 2-4 and 18-watt, Typo B
Reflector, glass, Calorex
...
...
...
...
CLOCK, Mark II, luminous ...
or
Mark IIA , luminous.............
...
...
...
............
or
Mk. IIB , lu m in o u s..................................................................
or
Mark IIC , luminous......................,.................................
or
Mk. IlD , luminous ...
...
...
.............
or
Mark IV
.............
57C
56C
58C
Hurricane IIB , Sea Hurricane

IIB .
8
or
12
8
or
141A
174A
55C
Hurricane IIA , Sea Hurricane

IA , IB.
12
GUNS, HISPAN O , 20-mm.,
54C
Remarks.
or
7G/480
5SC
Qty.
12
4
Hurricane IIC, Sea Hurricane

IIC.
<86 99)
59C
54aC
57C
BOO
38E
33E
25E
26E
41E
39E
40E
41E
43E
42E
43E
44E
46E
31E
84E
91E
79E
80E
81E
82E
86E
87E
148E
157E
84E
92E
93E
164jE
104E
109E
26E
13E
14E
01E
62E
6A/1060
or
6A/1066
or
6A/1246
or
6A/1247
10D/10470
10A/10984
10A/10985
5J/1333
or
5J/1615
5J/338
5J/1383
5J/1387
or
10D/13224
or
10D/542
10A/10984
10A/10985
10J/7
5L/1141
or
10D/611
10L/65
5L/I141
10A/10985
or
10D/14267
10L/13011
or
10D/369
10J/22
5L/1141
or
10D/52
or
10D/13273
Plate, adapter
or
.............
Plate, adapter
...
...
...
or
Plate, adapter
.............
...
.............
or
Plate, adapter
...................................................................
T R A N S M ITTE R -R E C E IV E R T.R.9D, c/w valves and coils, and
Contactor, master, Type 1, 12-volts
...................................
Contactor, remote, Type 3, 12 volts
..................................:
or
type B.
15-volt
...................................
4-5-volt
...................................
Accumulator, 2-volt, 20-amp./br., Type B
........................
or
TR AN SM ITTE R -RE C E IVE R T.R.1133D/BA, c/w valves
or
T.R.1133H, c/w. valves, and
Contactor, master, Type 1, 12-volt
.............
.............
Contactor, remote, Type 3, 12-volt
........................
Controller, electric, Type 1A
.............................................
Lamps, filament, P.O., No. 2, 12-volt
or
T R AN S M ITTE R -R E C E IV E R T.R.1304, c/w valves, and
.......................................................
Lamps, filament, 12-volt, 1-2-watt, Type A
.......................
Contactor, remote, Type 3, 12-volt
..................................
or
A R M Y SET, No. 19, Mark I I (T.R.1329) and
.......................
..............................................
or
TR ANSM ITTE R -RE C E IVE R T.R.1196A, c/w valves, and
Controller, electric, Type .........................................................
Lamps, filament, 12-volt, 1- 2-watt, Type A
or
T R A N S M IT T E R -R E C E IV E R T.R.U43, o/f valves
or
T.R.1143A, and
For Mark II, Mark I I A

Mark I I I ) clocks.
of
For Mark IIC clocks.

For Mark I V clocks.
For Mark IV clocks.
CO
w
1397
69
68
1397
Kingfisher
Appendix
A
Item No.
Stores
Rf. No.
20A
107L/2
21A
22A
23A
30A
150J/23
8B/1139
37A
111A/28
41A
and
126JO/
or
11A/2575
42A
43A
25C
106A/1001
26C
106A/980
30G
or
31C
1E
6A/380
or
6A/892
110D/448
38A
: <1
Hurricane Aircraft contd.
.H
:c
c
c3
:j>
CO '
.
J *
; > "cT-
f- 2
^
p.
<
<
*
c
.-r
: : : ji
^ ft
> EH
>
:
r-H
--
JoD
3
22 5
s P< t-" S
2 S
ll8 .| a
Sh
^
&
S i
s w g 3 P3 H - . tg A * $ >
2 ;> 2 > ? h S j-fe 2 3

K c 5 0
S J H CR C ': O
o
o eeD-i O o O o
iJ ^ h O
o o
o ^
00
Pi
<&
2E
17E
3
-
> <MrC5
"c^
> Ph
- -r-tS
f-?
r- fi 3
1*H^ 3 _
I C ^ H t-D o5
-1
Pi
P' Io d
O
P-i Q
05
CO t 05 >0
osrtOHTf
o
O l r-H C5 05 05 r f C5
|
l 00 90 0c 0 g 0 0
S 0S 05 0S0 a
0 J
0 g
O |S"|OOO
o
00 &
IS<
HHBHH
(M CC C O h
COO Ol> l>
SSS
c
M E
te >-i
.Kfc
ca

ffl
HH
r- co
H pq
o 10
pw
COCO
CO
HH
i I H H 0H
10KI
c c o
t*
o r - o
O O
O
^ *
hhbhh
ci c
o i co
t'
HtacaKH
h
O 05
11<N
05
.
1O
1
<N<M<M
IC
<
I1 I O-H
P
=2
HI
C
O
<M <N
6E
7E
8E
9E
10E
HE
110D/239
UOD/236
110D/240
110D/237
110D/238
110M/1271
12E
110D/235
13E
110D/234
14E
110D/232
15E
16E
22E
23E
110D/
110M/1271
110L/28
110D/449
25E
110D/226
26E
29E
or
110D/
30E
31E
32E
33E
34E
110D/228
110M/1271
110L/29
35E
110T/5
84E
88E
10DB/505
OLB/IIO
or
110D/NIV/103
(66498)
or
110D/
110D/230
11 on/229
Description.
GN, BRO W NING , 0-30-in., M.G.40-2 (M.2), Mark

I I, No. 2, with muzzle stabiliser B.0.204674.
Mounting, traversing and rotating, Type C.V.54505
Adapter, gun mount, Mark I X
...
.............
Latch, V.S. type (B.O.S.K.84005)........................
Sight, relative speed, ring and bead, Mark I
(modified to fit brackets on gun).
BOMB RACKS, Model 1, Mark X L I, Drawing No.
B.0.227555 (modified by contractor in Great
Britain)
and
Accessories mountings
or
C AR RIE R S, BOMB, universal, Type M, No. 1,
Mark I I (11A/594 modified).
Mountings
.........................................................
Removable fittings ...
CLOCK, F.S.S.C, No. 88-C-580, 8-day, lj-in ., 12-hour
dial.
CLOCK, F.S.S.C., No. 88-C-570, elapsed time, 2f-in.,
dial 24-hour, with civil date.
...................................
COMPASSES, type 0-2
or
T yp e0 -2 A
.........................................................
R E C E IV ER , Model R.U.13, N.A.F.213248-7, C.B.Y.
46051, c/w valves,
or
Model R.U. 16
..............................................
Cover, slip, for receiver
Coil sets :
Range K , Type C.B.Y.47075
........................
Range D, Type C.B.Y.47068
Range E, Type C.B.Y.47069
Range F, Type C.B.Y.47070
Range H, Type C.B.Y.47072
Containers, N.A.F.213270-2, C.B.Y.47029 .............
Dual coil sets :
Low range L , high range N , Type
C.B.Y.47112.
Low range Q, high range M, Type C.B.Y.
47108.
Low range 0 , high range P , Type C.B.Y.
47105.
C.W.47107, low range Q, high range G ...
Containers, N.A.F.21327U-2, C.B.Y.47029 .............
Extension control box, N.A.F.213282-6, C.B.Y.23098
D IR E C TIO N F IN D E R
LOOP, Model D.U.-l,
N.A.F.214084-1, c/w valves.
TR A N S M IT T E R , Model G.F.-8, N.A.F.213281-4,
C.B.Y.52063.
or
Model G .F .-ll, c/w valves
........................
Cover, slip
Coil sets :
Range Nos. 7350-9050, Type C.B.Y.47142
Range Nos. 6000-7350, Type C.B.Y. 47141
Range Nos. 3675-4525, Type C.B.Y.47138
Containers, N.A.F.213270-2, C.B.Y.47029
Control box, transmitter, N.A.F.213282-5, C.B.Y.
23097.
Frequency indicator, Type L.M.7, N.A.F.214086,
c/w valves.
.............
Unit, control, Type 108
or
Control unit assembly.
Qty.
1
1
I
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
71
70
1397
Soc 1
Appendix
A
Item No.
71B
39C
39bC
39cC
50aC
99E
101E
97E
98E
102E
109E
113E.
114E!
115E
149E
150E
Stores
Description.
Qty-
5A/1387
6A/579
or
108A/322
and
6A/1246
6A/380
101),'8415
IOD/8450
5A/1333
or
5A/1615
10F/150
10A/8475
10D/
10D/8571
10D /
10DB/2
or
10DB/306
or
110D/NIV/102
ACCUMULATORS, 2-voit, 20 amp.,/hr., Type B ...

CLOCKS, Mk. I I, lu m in o u s ...................................
or
Mark IV
and
y 1 No.
Hate, adapter J
COMPASS, Type 0 - 2 ..............................................
R E C E IV E R R.1082, c/w valves
........................
T R A N S M IT T E R T.1083, e/w valves
.............
........................
or "
Type B
.........................................................
Switch, unit, Type D, c/w, R.1082, external leads
Unit neutralising
..............................................
Co-its, transmitter
............. .
Case, transit, coils, transmitter
Coils, receiver
........................
or
R.3109, c/w v a l v e s ..............................................
or
A.B.K, 24-volt, e/w valves and control unit
assembly.
or
R.3090, c/w valves, and
5
2
or
10DB/444
10LB/137
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 set
1
1 set
1
7A/1570
7A/1133
25A
20A
7A/1127
7A/1124
or
7A/1138
5L/2013
11A/678
22A
38aA
39A
82B
46C
4bC
46cC
47C
48C
172E
173E
172eE
173aE
172jE
173bE
173cE
173dE
173eE
26AD/
5J/1387
6A/579
or
6A/1002
or
6A/1150
or
106A/322
and
6A/1246
6A/380
or
6A/892
10DB/1
10LB/3
or
10DB/505
10LB/10
or
110D/NIV/103
or
10DB/293
10LB/137
10LB/90
10LB/91
10LB/949
GUNS, BRO W NING , 0 303-in., Mark I I .............

Fire and safety device, pneumatic, c/w flexible
pipe, union nut and nipple.
Units, rear sear release
Sight, reflector type, Mark I I
or
Mark EK
..............................................
Lamps, filament, 12-volt, 2-4 and 18-watt
C AR R IE R , BOMB, universal, No. 1, 12-volt, E.M./
E.F. (11A/597, modified).
Removable fittin g s ...................................
ACCUMULATORS, Type B, 2-volt, 20-amp./hr. ...
CLOCKS, Mark II, luminous........................
or
Mark IIA , luminous...
or
Mark IID , luminous

or
Mark I V
1
..............................................
and
Plate adapter J 1 No.
COMPASSES, Type 0-2
...................................
or
TypeO-2A
.............
........................
or
.............
or
R E C E IVER , A.B.K., 12-volt, o/w valves, and
.............
.............
or
R E C E IV E R R.3067, c./w valves, and
...
...
Control unit assembly, Type 1, consisting o f :
Coding control
..............................................
Switching control
..............................................
Mounting, Type 150
.............
.............
Appendix
A
Item No.
IA
8A
Stores
Ref. No.
11A
12A
18C
19E
25E
26E
33E
107K/92
105D/20
8B/1124
SB/2275
5L/2014
126HM/
126HM/
106A/20
10D/325
10J/22
10A/14093
10D/69
10K/2
10L/1
110K/164
43E
44E
10DB/2
10LB/4
Description.
Qty-
GUNS, 0-50-in., Colt, M.G.53-2, Mark n . No. 1 ...

Solenoid firing mechanism, U.A.P., No. U.2660A
........................
Sight, reflector, Mark I I
...
Calorex, reflector
Lamp, filament, 24-volt, Type B ...
.........................
Sight, ring
.......................
Sight, bead ........................
.............
CLOCK, pioneer, Type 3310-2
T R A N S M IT T E R -R E C E IV E R T.R.1196, c/w valves
Electric controller
Impedance matching unit-. ...
R E C E IV E R R. 1147, c/w valves
........................
Power unit, Type 23.............
Control box, Type 19
Transformer, low frequency (United Transformer
Corporation).
R E C E IV E R R.3003, e/w valves
...
...
...
.............
6
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
I
1
i
Walrus I
IA
7J/1166
2A
15A
16A/
7J/1342
8B/1661
8B/2401
or
8B/1139
7J/1166
17A
7A
Skua
8A
9A
1397
Wildcat I I
4
4
4
1
4
1
1 set
5
2
12A
8A *
18A
19A
20A
27A
28A
38A
39A
55C
56C
66C
2
1
1
67C
15D
16D
17D
17aD
18D
19D
76cE
76fE
21D
22D
23D
24D
20aD
25D
26D
20bD
(6 6 4 9 8 )
7J/1758
7J/1342
8B/1661
8B/2422
or
8B/1139
11A/460
or
11A/560
11A/597
11A/2027
6A/1072
or
6A/1104
6A/380
or
6A/892
27P/7
27P/8
27C/2033
33C/634
27C/1925
10DB/975
10BB/2372
27C/1894
7B/97.1
12D/514
I2D/527
27H2072
27G/2036
12D/245
GUN, VICKERS, 0-303-in., G.O., No. 1, Mark I,

e/w deflector, and bag.
Magazines, No. 2, Mark I ...................................
Sight, prismatic, Type G .l ...
Bracket
...
...
or
GUNS, VICK E R S, 0-303-in., G.O., No. 1, Mark I,
c/w deflector and bag.
Twin gun mounting ...
Magazine, N o. 2, IVârk I
...................................
Sight, prismatic, Type G.l ...
.............
Bracket
........................
........................
or
CAR R IE R S, BOMB, L.S., Type E.M., Mark I I
...
or
Mark I I I
........................
C AR RIE R S, BOMB, universal, Type E.M./E.F.,
No. 1, Mark 11
or
Mark I I I , with trunnion plates
CLOCKS, Mark IIB , luminous
........................
or
Mark UC, luminous
COMPASSES, Type 0-2
...................................
or
Tvpe 0-2A ..............
........................
E M ERG ENCY PAC K , complete with
Rations, emergency flying, Mark I I
...
3 j
Water, canned
...
...
...
...
6
Drinking cup and baler
........................
1
Markers, sea fluorescine, blocks ...
...
2
Flag, recognition
...
...
...
...
1 j
Transmitter T.3180, complete with valves
1
Aerial mast, Type 42
........................
1
Paddles, glove type
........................
2
Pistol, signal, 1-in., No. 2, Mark V
...
1
Cartridges, signal, 1-in., red, Mark X I I ...
30 j
Boxes, tinplate, No. 381, Mark I .............
10 j
Heliograph, stainless steel
...
...
1 j
Apron, weather, Type M ...
...
...
1 1
Smoke, floats, No. 3, M a r k !
.............
2
First aid outfit (dinghy)
........................
1
1
5
1
1
1
2
1 set
10
1
1
1
2
4
2
2
1
C4
72
1397
Appendix
A
Item No.
32B/403
10D/8415
10D/
10D/8456
10D/
26B/
10F/9501
10A/8050
10A/S475
10C/8473
10C/8474
5J/1333
or
5J/1615
5J/1387
10DB/505
10LB/110
or
10DB/1
10LB/3
or
10DB/293
10LB/137
10LB/90
10LB/91
10AB/949
21aD
30E
46E
36E
45E
39E
38E
51E
41E
43E
44E
26E
27E
69E
111E
115E
.
117E
184E
185E
186E
187E
188E
or
110D/NTV/103
132E
__
129E
140E
144E
139E
138aE
143aE
90E
82E
Stores
Ref. No.
10DB/405
or
10DB/631
or
10DB/1286
10DB/205
10QB/45
10QB/53
1011/1145
10AB/343
10D/69
or
10D/13128
or
10D/13129
10K/1
73
Description.
Qty.
Sponge
..............................................
1
.......................
Coils, receiver, 1 set o f 4 ...
...
...
>
T R A N S M IT T E R T.1083, c/w valves
............
Coils, transmitter, 1 set o f 3
Cover, canvas, for transmitter and receiver
Switch unit, Type D .............................................
Handle, operating switch unit
.......................
Unit, neutralising, c/w filament lamp
............
Condenser unit, earth
..................................
Condenser unit, listening through ...
.......................
or
Type B
.......................................................
Accumulators, 2-volt, 20 amp./hr., Type B
R E C E IV ER R..3108, c/w valves, and
or
or
Control unit assembly, Type 1, consisting o f .
Coding control
..............................................
Switching control
...
...................................
Mounting, Type 158
...................................
Lead, c/w plug, Type 176, and socket, Type 105
or
R E C E IV E R A.B .K., 12-volt, c/w valves, and
...................................
R E C E IV E R R.3039E, c/w v a l v e s ........................
or
R.3132, c/w v a l v e s ..............................................
or
R.3132B, c/w valves
...................................
TR A N S M IT T E R T.3040B, c/w valves
.............
Unit, indicating, Type 6B, c/w valves
.............
Unit, indicating, Type 6C, c/w valves
.............
Caps, plug, W , medium
...................................
Tool, tuning, ebonite
...................................
Scales, time base, Type 4 ...
........................
or
R.1147A, c/w valves
or
R.1147B, c/w valves
Power unit, Type 22
1
1 set
1
1 set
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3. This order does not affect initial supply of ring and aperture or
ring and bead sights with Browning 0-303-in. equipment and gun mountings
(Tripod and Twin Stork) by N aval Armament Depots for the defence of
R.N . A ir Stations.
4. Store Depots . Stores now classed as N a va l Armament held by N aval
Store Depots, and N aval Stores held by Naval Armament Depots, are to be
transferred forthwith. In Great B ritain the transfers are to be made
between the fo llo w in g :
R .N . Store Depots
R .N . Arm am ent Depots
Perth
and
Crombie
Stafford
and
K in gsw in ford
Copenacre
and
P r id d y s H ard
Other N aval Armament Depots at home should transfer to the nearest
Naval Store Depots.
5. Outsanding demands should be transferred at the same time as the
stores.
6. Dues in w ill be diverted as fa r as possible by the Adm iralty, but any
transferable stores received after the general transfer, whether off requisition
or from service, should be sim ilarly transferred.
7. One copy of every issue voucher for transfer under this order should be
sent by N aval Armament Depots to Director of Stores, Union House, Lower
Regent Street, London, S .W .l and by N aval Store Depots to Director o f
Armament Supply (A. 17), A dm iralty, Bath with a covering note quoting
this order.
8. R .N . A ir Stations and R epa ir Yards and H .M . ships. Transfers
should be effected in the usual manner by means o f issue and receipt vouchers
between the two sections concerned.
9. Demands should be rendered and returns to store made in accordance
with the new demarcation from the date o f receipt o f this order.
10. General. The necessary amendments w ill be made in due course to
the A irc ra ft Store establishment concerned. Allowances o f the new Naval
Armament Stores w ill be incorporated in P a rt A o f C.B. (R ) 4252/42.
11. Separate instructions w ill be issued as to American A irc ra ft Arm a
ment Stores. They w ill follow, where possible, the principles adopted in this
order, and demands should be rendered accordingly. N o transfer o f stores
between depots should, however, be made until the publication o f the
separate order except where the demarcation is clearly defined. A n y cases
o f doubt should be referred to the parent department immediately.
Appendix
(1)
R.A.F. vocabulary section
and description
IE
7A
(A .F .O . 6209/iS is cancelled.)
1388. Aircraft Armament Items Demarcation between Naval and
Naval Armament Stores
(N .S . 088/43.16 Mar. 1944.)

The demarcation between N aval and N aval Armament Stores shown in
A.F.O. 4314/41 has been revised as shown in the A ppendix to this Order,
column 3 o f which defines all stores o f R .A .F . types used by the Fleet A ir
Arm which are now to be treated as N a va l Armament Stores.
2. The principal amendments to A.F.O. 4314/41 concern R.A.F. Vocabu

lary Section 8A (Machine Gun Firing Gear), which has been transferred
from Naval Store to Armament Supply, Section 8B (sights) from Armament
Supply to Naval Store (except as in paragraph 3 below), and Section IE
which now becomes entirely Armament Supply.
1398
7B
7D
7E
7G
Armourers tools
L e w is and V ic k e r s
machine guns.
Small arms
Ground
machine
gun
mountings.
Ordnance, etc. ...
Hispano g u n s ...........
(2)
Naval stores
(3)
Naval armament stores
All
All
All
All
All
All except the following,
which are Vote 8
IIIG items :
Cradles, mounting,
A.A.
Mountings, A.A.
Mountings, H.B.
Mountings, Oerlikon.
Mountings, universal.
All components and
accessories of cradles
and mountings.
75
74
1398
1399. Resin Oil, Pattern 835 introduction
Naval stores
(1)
and description
Naval armament stores
Capital Ships, Cruisers, Aircraft Carriers, Monitors, Destroyer Depot Ships,

Repair Ships
(N.S. 21572/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)
7H
7J
8A
8B
8C
8D
9
9A
9B
11A
11B
12A
12B
12C
12D
12F
12G
12H
50A
50H
_
All
Browning machine guns
All
Vickers gas-operated
machine gun.
All
Machine gun firing gear
All
Machine g an sights
All
Machine gun belt and
magazine filling and
positioning machines.
All
Special tools for arma
ment equipment.
All
Bomb and torpedo sights
and range-finders.
All
Aircraft towed target gear

Armament ground instruc All except those in Apparatus, demonstra
tion.
column 3, and
tional equipment.
cameras obscura Boards, demonstration.
which are Vote 8 III. Guns, shot.
Rests, rifle.
Rests, tripod musketry.
Rifles, Swift and asso
ciated items.
Stands, demonstration,
Browimg gun (Ref.
9B/706).
All
Aircraft bomb gear
All
Aircraft torpedo gear ...

All
Aircraft bombs ...

All
Dummy, empty and prac

tice aircraft bombs.
AH
Ammunition
Pyrotechnics and miscel Lights, torpedo, indi All except those in
column 2.
cating.
laneous explosives.
Boxes,G.R.I., for lights,
torpedo, indicating.
Boxes, G.R.6, for lights,
torpedo, indicating.
All except those in
Miscellaneous materials Carbon tetrachloride.
column 2.
and packages for main Cord, whip.
Driers, liquid.
tenance of explosives.
Drums.
Stannic chloride.
Titanium tetrachloride.
All
Aircraft bomb and pyro
technic fuzing compon
ents.
All
Dummy aircraft bomb
and pyrotechnic fuzing
components.
All
Aircraft gun turrets
All
Aircraft gun turret maintenance equipment.
(A . F . O . iS 14/i l
is cancelled.)
Resin oil has been introduced for use when repairing ring main cables and
sealing ends, and will be included in Rate Book for Naval Stores under Subhead E,
Item 9, under Pattern No. 935.
2.
The following quantities have been approved as a first outfit, and ships
concerned are to forward demands to storing yards and depots accordingly :Class of Ship
Quantity
Capital ships
...........................................
Cruisers
Aircraft carriers
Monitors
Destroyer depot ships
Repair ships
1 gallon
1 gallon
1 gallon
1 gallon
2 gallons
2 gallons
3. Purchase of the following quantities has been arranged under contract

C.P. 3C/22769/43, dated 17th December, 1943, from Messrs. Johnson & Phillips,
Ltd., Victoria Way, Charlton, London, S.E.7, in 14-lb. non-returnable tins, containing
approximately 1J gallons :
Chatham
Sheemess
Portsmouth
Devonport
Rosyth ...
Mersey Area
Severn Area
Carfin
West Riding Area
30 gallons
20 gallons
30 gallons
30 gallons
30 gallons
60 gallons
60 gallons
20 gallons
20 gallons
Shipment is to be arranged to yards abroad as follows :

Gibraltar
Malta
Alexandria
Durban ...
Simonstown
Colombo ...
Bermuda
.................................
10 gallons')
10 gallons >From Mersey Area
10 gallons j
10 gallons'!
10 gallons
10 gallons f From &evem A
10 gallons J
4.
B.R. 359Establishment of Naval Stores for Electrical and Torpedo Stores
and the List of Particulars (Form D.128D)will be amended.
1400. Key Board Provision of
L.C .T ., L .C .F ., L.C.G., L .C .T . (R .)
(D/D.C.O.M. 89/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)

It has been approved to supply all L.C.T., L.C.F., L.C.G. and L.C.T. (R),
with a key board in order that K.R. and A.I. articles, Nos. 1068 and 1069, may be
complied with.
2.
Key boards which measure 1 ft. 10} in. by 1 ft. 8| in. by 4f in. will be
supplied by storing yards on demand, and are to be secured to the bulkhead of the
wardroom by base staffs.
(Capt., M .L.C ., 25 Aug. 1943, No. M.696/15.)
1401
76
77
1401. Parachutes Location of REPORTS
1403. B.R. 4 Naval Storekeeping Manual, and B.R. 4 Part II
(N.S. Air 1560/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)
(N .S . A ir 2198/44.16 Mar. 1944.)
Information is required as to the present location o f the following items :

Stores Ref.
Description
Serial Nos.
15A/141
Parachutes, Observer, type C

Packs :
White canopy
.............
P ilo t:
Type C. 11
.............
12588,30574,30582,31025,31132.
15A/197
1403
253, 5118, 5356, 5392, 5731, 5738,

6360, 6366, 7935, 7950, 7983, 8004,
24478, 24684, 24686, 24709, 24722,
24729, 24787, 24809, 24845, 30675,
30679, 30682, 30692, 30877, 52510,
74630, 74761, 74804, 74847,
101731, 101935, 101943, 101959,
103235, 103250, 103291, 111720.
2. Services holding any of these parachutes should report details to Director

of Stores, Admiralty Union House, Lower Regent Street, London, S.W.l.,
immediately.
1402. Introduction of Form FA.23A Account of Consumable Naval Stores in
American Built Ehijs
Attention is drawn to the fact that the instructions contained in B.R. 4,

P a rt I I , are intended to be read in conjunction with, and not independently
of, those in B.R. 4, N a va l Storekeeping Manual.
Section 4
O TH ER STORES N A V A L STORES, V IC T U A LLIN G STORES,
M ED ICA L STORES, CONTRACTS
1404. Admiralty Salvage Vessels Supply of Provisions
(V. 2/01456/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)

Attention is drawn to A.F.O. 1339/44 in Section 2 o f this issue.
H .M . Ships
(N.S. 17272/44.16 Mar. 1944.)

Form FA.23A has been prepared, and a copy is being forwarded by
Deputy Director of Stores, North America, to all American-built ships
(H.M . ships) requiring this form for accounting for consumable Naval stores.
The form is generally similar to the standard Consumable Naval Store
Account FA.23, but is divided into three parts, viz., Part I for U.S. stores,
Part I I for British stores and Part I I I for arisings.
2. Ships already in commission need not post previous supplies in the
account, but a complete stock-taking should be carried out as soon as
practicable after the receipt of the FA.23A and the quantities remaining on
board entered in the First Supply column, the date of muster being
shown. In some earlier ships, before it was decided to produce an account
for consumable stores for American-built ships, stores of a quasi-permanent
nature, such as ensigns and signal flags, were included in the Permanent
Naval Store Account (Form S.1099D). On receipt of Form FA.23A these
stores are to be transferred to this account, this Order being quoted as the
authority. In cases of doubt as to the classification of an article, the category
laid down in Form S.1098 (Alphabetical List of Consumable Stores) is to be
used.
3. New ships commissioning as H .M . ships in U .S .A . should insert the
first charge of consumable Naval stores received from shipbuilders, U.S.
Navy yards, and Deputy Director of Stores, North America. U.S. stores
supplied should be posted from the Navy Yard Invoices, where these are
available. Where U.S. Navy Invoices are not available a physical muster of
the stores should be made. U.S. consumable stores will consist mainly of
Title C items, but where the American classification differs materially from
the British, the latter, as laid down in Form S. 1098, should be used.
Consumable stores supplied by Deputy Director of Stores, North America,
should be posted in Part I I from the Supply Notes (triplicate copy of
Form S.134D).
4. As many of the stores in American-built ships are replaceable only
from U.S. sources, it is most important that an accurate record of these
should be kept and adequate stocks maintained on board.
5. The main stock of Forms FA.23A w ill be held by the Deputy Director
of Stores, North America, but a small quantity w ill also be kept by the
Superintending Naval Store Officer, R.N. Store Depot, 307, Elveden Road,
Park Royal, London, N.W.10, to meet future requirements of those Americanbuilt ships concerned which have left the U.S.A.
1435. Royal Marine Landing Craft Personnel Clothing and Equipment
3 o~6>/<k/ .
(V. /1 /7898/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)
The following amendments are to be made to A.F.O . 1139/44:

A.
Blouses, working dress, blue.
Amend 2 N o. to read 1 No. .
A p p e n d ix
A p p e n d ix
B .II.
Insert * heZoveS* (a ) SouêSfeF

Insert n ejsîteja^ * (a ) Anklets, web after Blanket, A rm y pattern ,
and irfis g p ^ ' 1 P r . in column headed M jgbr Landing C ra ft ,
A ppend^ C I
amend descrigti?r^trreg<^ Ba4ges. arm, woven, Royal
?.0. 1139/44.)
References at foot of Order to be amended to read:

{K .R . & A .I., A rt. 1869.)
(A.F.O s. 2944/39, 738/41, 3753/41, 174/42, 2800/42, 6344/42 and 488/44.)
(O .A .F.O s. 1132/43 and 1627/43.)
1406. Provision Allowance, Etc., for Naval Officers and Ratings and
Members of the W.R.N.S.
(V. 2/7776/43.16 Mar. 1944.)

Attention is drawn to A.F.O. 1329/44, included in Section 2 of this issue.
(A .F .O . 1329/44.)
1407. Insulating Footgear Electrical Repair Personnel
(V. 8/5623/43.16 Mar. 1944.)

Pending further instructions rubber sea boots are to be made available
for all personnel employed on electrical repair duties in action.
2.
Ships whose existing allowance is not sufficient to permit this without
prejudice to other requirements are to demand additional rubber sea boots
quoting this A.F.O. as authority.
1408
78
79
1408. Naval Stores Establishment for Naval Air Stations at Home
1412. Fluorescent Screens with Hoods Withdrawal from R.N. Medical

Establishments
(N.S. A ir 3659/43.16 Mar. 1944.)

Consideration has been given to the provision of an establishment of
general Naval Stores for Naval A ir Stations.
2. Owing to the widely diverse geographical conditions at the various
stations and the different climatic and functional requirements which obtain,
it has been found impossible to lay down such an establishment.
3. A list has been prepared, however, from details provided by a Southern
and a Northern A ir Station at home which covers the minimum requirements
of certain essential items. This list is a basis on which the provision of first
supplies of general Naval Stores to new Naval A ir Stations can be made.
4. Copies of this list have been forwarded to the F.O.N.A.S., R.A.N.A.S.,
Indian Ocean, and C.O.M.N.A.S., East Africa, who w ill forward copies to
the Accountant Officers of new Naval A ir Stations on appointment. Having
taken into consideration local geographical and climatic conditions and the
intended functions of the Station, the Accountant Officer should be able to
demand on his Storing Yard from this list more readily and accurately
than heretofore.
1412
(M.D.G. 12042/44.16 Mar. 1944.)

Cryptoscopes (fluorescent screens with hood) held in R.N. Medical
Establishments should not be used, and are to be returned to The Technical
Assistant to M.D.G., R.N. Medical Depot, Huthwaite, Nr. Mansfield, Notts.
1413.-^Decontamination Stores Allowance
L .B .V .(2 ), L .B .E ., L .B .F ., L.B .O ., L.B .W .
(N.S. 35965/43.16 Mar. 1944.)

Each landing barge is allowed the decontamination stores listed in the
appendix hereto.
Appendix
Pattern
No.
Description.
Denomi
nation.
Allowance for
Decontami
nation
Purposes.
1409. Stores and Materials Provision and Forwarding to U.S.A.
Ships Refitting in the United States
Permanent Stores.
(N.L. 2782/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

The following amendment is to be made to paragraphs 5 (d) to 5 (g) of A.F.O.
5699/42 :
The addressee in each case is to read :
British Admiralty Delegation, for R.N.,
in care of the Commandant,
United States Navy Yard
(Location of Navy Yard).
(A .F.O . 5699/42.)
(A .F.O . 3739/43 is cancelled.)
B.10.
3591
0.1066
Tray, bleach, 3-ft. 2-in. by 2-ft. 2-in.

by 4-in.
Bin, for contaminated gear ...
No.
No.
No.
2 (A)
No.
Consumable Stores.
B.10.
C.1032
Bucket, hand
B .ll
C.759A or B
Shovel, steel pointed
1410. Purchase Tax Application to Sales of Clothing from Service Stocks to

Pensioner Civilians, Shipkeepers, etc.
(V. 8/651/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

The following amendments are to be made to A.F.O. 653/44 :
Paragraph 1 and footnote. Delete A.F.Os. 2684/41 and 2785/41 and substitute
A.F.Os. 2910/43 and 904/44 .
(A .F.O . 653/44.)
K.
Oil, pool, burning
150
Chloride of lime
Galls.
2-gall, drum
Cwt.
E.8.
E.9.
Cwt.
T.801
Waste, cotton
C.219
C.267
Brooms, bass ...

Brushes, distemper ...
0.1701
Handles, for brooms

Paper, crepe, for decontamination
purposes.
1/2 (A)
E . l l.
1411. Purchase Tax Application to Sales of Clothing from Service Stocks to
Naval Personnel
(V. 8/651/44.' 16.Mar. 1944.)

The following amendment is to be made to A.F.O. 652/44 :
Delete paragraph 5 and substitute
5. The procedure for accounting for sales of clothing at prices including purchase
taxis shown in A.F.O.2339/43, paragraph 19 (i) (e). Where clothing accounts are still
being rendered on Form S.1050 separate abstracts are to be made on Form S.1048 of
clothing sold to officers at the prices which include purchase tax, and the totals of
these are to be entered on Form S-1049 in red ink. Such sales are to be shown
separately and in red ink on Form S.1050 (quarterly cash clothing account), and
both the tax free and tax paid rates should be inserted in the Rate
column, when neeessary, on Forms S.1049 and S.1050.
(A .F .O s . 2339/43 and 652/44.)
No.
No.
2 (A)
3
E.12.
No.
Yards
2 (A )
50
Note. (A) These quantities are additional to similar descriptions already

allowed by the equipment list.
2. Bases to which barges are attached should demand the requisite stores
from their storing yard.
3. The equipment list w ill be amended.
(C a p ta in L .B s., L.B.78, 2 Bee. 1943.)
80
1414
'
*1414. Chevrons for W a r Service
(V. 13/7303/43.16 Mar. 1944.)

Chevrons for W ar Service are supplied as single chevrons and in sets of
two, three and four chevrons, and demands should be fram ed accordingly.
(A .F .O s. 231/43, 3747/43, 7/44 and 877/44.)
1415. W.R.N.S. Clothing Demands
(V. 9/1031/44.16 Mar. 1944.)

Owing to the present heavy demand for W .R .N .S . clothing to meet the
requirements fo r foreign drafts and fo r kitting-up nw entries, it has beernecessary to introduce a system o f priorities in supply.
2. Demands for W .R .N .S. clothing should, therefore, specify whether the
requirement is fo r foreign drafts, kitting-up new entries, or fo r issue on
repayment.
3. Demands should continue to be made on the Director, W .R .N .S.
(A .F .O . 1048/44.)
81
1418
1418. Tinned Soups Concentrated
(V. 10/1471/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)

Most of the tinned soups now being purchased are o f double concentration,
i.e., an equal quantity of water should be added to the contents of a tin before
use in order to reduce the strength to that of the soups hitherto supplied.
2. As both the ordinary and the double-concentration soups are packed in the
same size tin, having a net weight of contents of 16-oz., H.M. ships and establishments
should, in future, demand the appropriate quantities of soups, concentrated. The
necessary adjustment in quantity will be made by the Victualling Yard if the ordinary
description of soup is supplied.
3. Where a ration of J-lb. tinned soup is authorized as an extra issue under
existing regulations, the ration is to be reduced to -lb. when concentrated soups
are issued. Special care is to be taken in this matter as it may be necessary for
some time to supply both ordinary and concentrated soups in satisfaction of
demands.
4. The issuing price for concentrated soups is Is. Id. per 1-lb.tin.
(B .R . 93, Manual of Victualling, Vol. I , Chapter IV .)
(A .F.O . 5170/43.)
1419. Milk Powder Introduction

1416. W.R.N.S. Badges for Air Mechanics
(V. 086/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)
(V. 2833/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)
As a result of successful trials in the Home Fleet, full cream milk powder will
be supplied in lieu of condensed milk from H.M. Victualling Yards and Depots
at home to cruisers and larger ships in home waters. The powder will also be
supplied to home shore establishments on general messing for use in lieu of
condensed milk when fresh milk is not available. Other ships and establishments
at home may, if desired, draw milk powder instead of condensed milk.
2. The milk powder will normally be supplied in tins containing 21 lb., but
a small quantity in tins of 4f lb. will be provided for issue on demand to ships, etc.,
in which the victualling allowance system of messing is in operation. The powder
is to be demanded and accounted for in pounds. For the present the issuing
price will be 2s. 3d. per lb.
Supplies o f badges on blue ground for W.R.N.S. Air Mechanics are now
available for issue and A.F.O. 6033/43 is to be amended accordingly :
Section I
Amend
Amend
Amend
Amend
Amend
f628A to read 628A .

j 630A to read 630A .
|632A to read 632A .
2. A.F.O. 1049/44 is to be amplified as follows :

After Pattern 627A
Id. each
Add Pattern 628A (on blue) Air Mechanic
Id. each
Pattern 629A (on blue) Letter A
Id. each
Pattern 630A (on blue) Letter E
Id. each
Pattern 631A (on blue) Letter O
Id. each
Pattern 632A (on blue) Letter L
The issuing prices of Seamens pattern badges, viz., blue on white, Pattern
Nos. X.330B, X.119B, X.332B, X.333B and X.117B, are set out in A.F.O. 654/44.
(F.O .N .A .S . No. 6093/94-5/27, 13 Aug. 1943.)
(A.F.Os. 6033/43, 654/44, 1048/44 and 1049/44.)
1417. Textile Scrap for Disposal
(N.S. 37201/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)

A complaint has been received about the filthy and wet condition o f textile
scrap, coir, hessian, hemp, coir mats, etc., received by the Directorate of Textile
and Clothing Disposals.
2.
The salvage value of these materials is considerably reduced when they are
allowed to get into such a state and every reasonable effort should be made to keep
them both dry and clean, e.g. by
(a) storing under cover, or under tarpaulins where better facilities are not
available ;
(b) bundling or pressing, if possible, instead of forwarding loose ; and
(c) despatching in covered trucks.
3. The milk required for main meals in general mess ships should be mixed
in the galley and issued in liquid form. Issues on repayment in general mess
ships and all issues to messes in ships on victualling allowance should be made in
powder form, the powder being reconstituted in the messes as required.
4. Each mess will be allowed one of the following items, in addition to the
present allowances of mess gear, for use as a container for reconstituted milk :
Mess kettle
...
...
...
... 4 gall.
Mess kettle
...
...
...
... 1J gall.
Enamelled jug
...
...
... 2 qt.
Enamelled jug
...
...
... 1 qt.
A 4-gallon mess kettle should be used only when a container of this size is essential
for the quantity of milk to be produced.
5. Cooks tubs of 20 gallons capacity are being provided for issue to ships on
general messing for use in mixing milk in the galley, and one of these may be
drawn by such ships for the purpose. I f preferred, however, an additional 40-gallon
cooks tub of the normal type may be drawn instead of a 20-gallon tub. An
additional cooks ladle, 1-pint, Pattern C.942, for use in measuring milk, may be
drawn if actually required.
6. One whisk, Pattern 305, will be allowed pey galley or mess for milk mixing.
7. Demands for milk powder and for such of the additional utensils mentioned
in the preceding paragraph as are actually required should now be sent to the
appropriate Victualling Yard by H.M. Ships and Establishments concerned.
8. In Ships and Establishments provided with mixing and mincing machines
an additional bowl will be supplied, if desired, for reconstituting milk. Demands
for the additional bowl should be sent to the Director of Victualling, Admiralty.
82
83
9. In new construction ships, down to and including cruisers and depot ships,
a machine for reconstituting milk, with a tank, will be provided in the galley.
10. Equivalent. 1J lb. of full cream milk powder will make approximately
one gallon o f reconstituted full cream milk. Five ounces of powder is equivalent
to 16 oz. of condensed milk. For the guidance of messes :
(a) One cupful of powder ( = 7l-oz.) mixed with 5 cups of water makes
approximately 3 pints.
(b) Five heaped dessertspoonfuls (Pattern C.1863 spoon) mixed with just
under 2 cupfuls of water make 1 pint (1 heaped dessertspoonful
= i-oz. of powder).
11. Method of mixing. The powder should be dissolved in warm water. Pour
part o f the full quantity o f warm water required in a clean, dry vessel and sprinkle
some o f the powder on top o f it. Whisk briskly into a complete solution and add
the rest o f the powder gradually, continuing to whisk until it is dissolved. Then
add slowly the remainder of the water required, stirring well, and giving a final
whisk.
(N .B .After the milk powder has been reconstituted into liquid, care
must be taken to protect it from contamination if it is not for immediate use.)
12. Storage.Milk powder occupies approximately 50 per cent, less storage
space than its equivalent in condensed milk. It should be stored in a cool, dry place,
away from any direct daylight and from any strong-smelling article. The lids
of the containers should be securely fastened and replaced immediately after the
removal o f any o f the contents. Only clean, dry utensils should be used for taking
the powder out o f the containers. The powder is gas-packed and the contents
o f an unopened tin should remain in good condition for about two years.
13. Reserve of condensed milk. I t will be necessary for H.M. Ships using
milk powder for normal requirements still to maintain a reserve of condensed milk
for emergency and special uses, e.g., action messing, landing parties, boats and
extra issues. The quantity o f condensed milk held on board for this reserve
should be two weeks fu ll requirements o f milk. This reserve may be increased
i f considered necessary in the case o f a particular ship or ships with the authority
of the Senior Officer. The reserve o f condensed milk is to be turned over every
three or four months by issuing it in place o f milk powder for all purposes, fresh
supplies being demanded from the Victualling Yard in replacement. Special
care is to be taken to ensure that the necessity for turning over the reserve of
condensed milk is not overlooked.
14. Pending experience of actual requirements of milk powder and the
maintenance of adequate deliveries, it may be necessary on occasions for the
Victualling Yards to issue condensed milk in satisfaction o f demands for powder.
I f the stocks of powder available at the Victualling Yards are insufficient to meet
all demands priority of supply will be given to demands from ships.
Tropical K it (where applicable)
1419
_ 1420. N.A.A.F.I. Canteen Ratings Kit
(V- 1/1078/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

The regulation kit for N.A.A.F.I. canteen ratings serving afloat or liable to do
so and entered in the Royal Navy on H.O. engagements in accordance with para
graph 1 of A.F.O., ^238/42 is as follows :
f 1
Compulsory
2 jackets, single breasted, serge
1 overcoat
1 waistcoat, serge, or 1 blue pullover1 waterproof coat
2 pairs trousers, serge
1 pair braces
2 tunics, drill
1 type
2 pairs trousers, drill
2 towels
2 caps
1 soap bag
2 cap covers
1 hair brush
2 vests, summer
1 tooth brush
2 vests, winter
.
2 boot brushes
2 pairs drawers
1 comb
3 white shirts
1 transport kit bag
6 white collars
1 badge, pattern 52, 49 or 48 as
1 necktie, black silk
appropriate
2 pairs socks or stockings
2 pairs boots or 1 pair boots and 1 pair
black leather shoes
2 pairs tropical shorts

1 sun helmet
1 waistcoat, serge
pair black leather slippers
1 pair white shoes
2 suits pyjamas
1 pair woollen gloves
6 white cotton handkerchiefs
1 razor
1 pair scissors
1 shaving brush
1 clothes brush
1420
2 pairs thin blue stockings

2 tropical shirts
Optional
3 white shirts
6 white collars
1 attache case
1 suit case
1 white scarf
1 pillow
2 pillow covers
1 bed
'I
1 blanket
}-to be issued on loan
1 bed cover j
. 2. Overalls, khaki coats or white jackets and aprons for use of canteen staff
when engaged in the canteen or handling stores are supplied by N.A.A.F.I., who
also provide the special badge consisting of a rope circle enclosing the letters
N.A.A.F.I., to be worn on uniform suits.
3. First outfits under preceding paragraphs will be provided by N.A.A.F.I.
Replacements other than the special items listed in paragraph 2 may be taken up
from Accountant Officers o f R.N. issuing prices.
4. Some Naval canteen ratings may not at present be in possession o f the full
compulsory kit and reasonable time and facilities should be allowed for them to
draw necessary articles from the appropriate clothing store.
5. Accountant Officers should ensure that accurate lists on Form S.98A are
kept o f the clothing and bedding in the possession o f canteen ratings in accordance
with K.R. & A.I., Article 1158, paragraph 13.
(K .R . & A .I. Article 630 (13) as modified by K .R . 4/40, K .R . & A .I. Article 1158A,
/vf/s> I
paragraph 13.)
/ j [ jj. ^
(A .F .O s. 2238/12 and 3047(43.)
Naval Canteen Service Compensation for Loss of Uniforms
(V. 1454/i 16 Mar. 1944.)

Compensation in respect q f'ih e loss o f kit belonging to naval canteen service
ratings will be paid from na-al funds only in cases where the loss is sustained as a
result of enemy action. /
2. In all case&v'where the loss arises .
om civ risks, e.g., theft, loss during
transit, etc., N.A.A.F.I. will be responsible
for th^ replacement of kit, and claims
for such losspg' should be forwarded t/y, N. j
-rf.-Wdquarters for consideration
under the Corporations normal regulfj
3. The term enemy action should jba' regarded as including losses due to
air raids, regardless o f whether thet mfidimi occurs inside or outside a naval
establislunent or whether the claimant ia on duty or not at the time of loss, and
claims in respect of articles of regulatfohrTdt lost or damaged as a result of air raids
jr. +1.
~rr'
*'
terefore be made under the War Damage Act.
4. All cjairns for which tl Admiralty is responsible should be submitted to the
Commandirjg Officer of the slftp or establishment in which the claimant is serving
or the rescuing ship or ndW/port of landing, who will award compensation in cash
or in kind, 1ased on the ^rvice issuing prices, for all articles within the quantities of
compulsory and optftn^l articles of the regulation kit laid down for the rating
concerned- J f /\J
5. IiXcikes where, as a result ,of enemy action, only damage is caused to articles
o f kit, i.e.^Mfheji the articles can be readily surveyed, compensation will be paid
according to me Commanding Officers estimate of the reduction in value o f the
articles, i.e., the difference in the assessed value of the articles immediately before
and after the damage.
'
6. An allowance in respect of the loss of a watch will also be made under the
terms o f A.F.O. 1308/40, but with this exception, the.Admiralty will not admit any
claim for articles of a non-service character, i.e., 6ther than those specified in the
regulation kit.
1421
84
7. Ratings who lose non-service articles as a result of enemy action are not
precluded from exercising their rights as ordinary citizens under any civilian scheme,
e.g., War Damage Act, but it is advisable to include in any such claim a certificate
by the Commanding Officer that no payment can be made from naval funds in
respect of the articles detailed in the claim.
8. The provisions of K.R. & A.I., Article 1697, clause 2 (2) and (3) will also
apply to naval can teen service personnel.
(Note fo r (Commanding 0ffitfers.Details of the claim and compensation awarded,
together with brief details ofirthe circumstances in which the loss occurred should,
in all cases, be forwarded t0 the Admiralty.)
85
1422
6.
Tobacco Tins. I t continues to be necessary to safeguard the use and
careful return to victualling yards of service tobacco tins in accordance with
A.F.O. 5656/43.
(A .F .O . 427/1)0, paragraph 6 ( d ), is cancelled.)
(A .F.O s. 4427/40 and 5656/43.)
(A .F.O . 1308/40.)
*1422. Disposal of Used Food Tins
(W.P.O./W.G.F. 1145/44.16 Mar. 1944.)

The Director of Salvage and Recovery, Ministry of Supply, has given
notice that the salvage of used food tins and the like has increased beyond
the capacity of the blast furnaces to absorb this category of scrap metal
under present day conditions and, moreover, there is an urgent need for
maximum economy in the use of road and rail transport.
2. I t will become necessary, therefore, to revise the routine existing in
Naval establishments in order to conform with new arrangements coming
into force in all local authority areas for avoiding at any point the accumulations of unwanted tins.
3. As conditions for the collection and disposal of used food tins vary
considerably in each area it is not possible to lay down any fixed rules for
guidance. The following principles will, however, apply:
(a ) Present procedure w ill continue in establishments where the
premises are normally cleared by the local authority in the
course of its normal periodical refuse collection service.
( b) In Naval establishments where baling machines are in operation
the baled tins may be disposed of by sale to local scrap iron
merchantsor, where scrap iron merchants operate baling
machines of their own, such merchants may contract to purchase
and collect the tins at regular intervals.
(c) In cases where the foregoing do not apply the local authorities
have been asked by the Ministry of Supply to give help and
advice for the economical disposal of the tins on their tips and
dumps.
(d ) Where such tips and dumps are not easily accessible it may become
necessary for the tins to be incinerated and heel crushed prior
to being buried on an approved site which, for hygienic reasons,
should be some distance from living quarters.
( e) The dumping or burying of used food tins on requisitioned
property is to be avoided. Admiralty approval is to be obtained
for any payments necessary to be made by way of rental or
for other payment to be made in connection with the disposal
of the tins.
(/) No uneconomical use of railway trucks or of rail transport is to
be incurred in connection with the disposal of the tins and road
transport is to be reduced to a minimum.
(g ) I t is important to emphasize that the foregoing paragraphs relate
solely to used food tins and the like and that the demand for
all the heavier types of iron and steel scrap is as great as ever.
4. Ships at Sea.Under the new arrangements outlined above it is no
longer desirable for ships at sea to salve used food tins, which should be
heel crushed and jettisoned in deep water.
5. Salving o f Pap er Labels.Instructions should be given to cookhouse
and galley staffs for the removal of paper labels at the time the tins are
opened so that these may be kept clean and disposed of with paper salvage.
A convenient receptacle should be provided for this purpose.
Section 5. BOOKS, FORMS, RETURNS, CORRESPONDENCE

1423. Amendments to Books
(E.F.O. 16 Mar. 1944.)

The undermentioned amendments (A.F.Os. P .160-180/44) to B.R. and O.U.
books are available for issue from the R.N. Store Depot, Elveden Road, Park Royal,
N.W.10, in accordance with A.F.O. Volume 1941, Instructions, paragraph 9.
Distribution is limited to holders of the relative publication(s) affected.
Demands from shore establishments in the Portsmouth Command should be
sent to the Portsmouth Book Office, 54, Bedford Street, Leamington Spa, Warwickshire,
and from those in the Plymouth Command to the Devonport Book Office, R .N . Port
Library, Devonport. Demands from other shore establishments at home should be
sent to R .N . Store Depot, Park Royal, London, JV.WMO.
Amendments required fo r personal copies of the main books should be obtained
from Distributing Authorities abroad, and from Park Royal when the Offlcer or rating
is serving at home.
A.F.O. *P.169 44. B.R. 378(F)FulmarA.S.E.Amendment No. 6.
*P.161'44. B.R. 378(A) SwordfishA.S.E.Amendment No. 19.
*P.162 4 4 B.R. 378 (General)A.S.E.Amendment No. 28.
*P.163 44. B.R. 378 (General) A.S.E.Amendment No. 29.
*P.164 44.B.R. 377(A) Swordfish A.S.E..Amendment No. 2.
*P.165 44. B.R. 378(E)Albacore A.S.E. Amendment No. 23.
*P.166 44 B.R. 378(Z) WalrusA.S.E.Amendment No. 20.
*P.167 44. B.R. 380/G.Martlet (Wildcat) IV S.C.L.Amendment No. 2.
*P.168 44. A.P. (N) 1Amendment No. 19.
*P.169/44. B.R. 378(C) FireflyA.S.E.Amendment No. 7.
P.170/44.B.R. 91 General Instructions for the Training of Artificer
ApprenticesAmendment No. 5.
P.171/44.B.R. 269/43Handbook for 12-pdr., 12-cwt. Gun on H.A./L.A.
Mark IX , H.A. Mark V III, H.A. Mark V III* and P. Mark 1*

(L.A.) Mountings, 1943Amendment No. 1.
P.172/44.B.R. 317(22)Mining Drill BookMinelaying Arrangements
Coastal Force Craft Amendment No. 1.
P.173/44.B.R. 732/1940 Instructions for the Disposal o f Mines Washed
or Brought Ashore Amendment No. 23.
P.174/44. O.U. 5332/37 Procedure for Supervision of Ships and Vessels
Building and completing at Contractors YardsAmendment
No. 23.
P.175/44.O.U. 5517(1) Torpedo Drill Book General Pamphlet on Above
AVater Revolving TubesAmendment No. 13.
P.176/44. O.U. 5517(5) Torpedo Drill BookTubes in Cruisers Cordite
Impulse Fitted with Combined Firing Gear and Stopless
Training (21-in., Q.R.V., X V II and T.R. X IV , IV * and IV**
Amendment No. 2.
P.177/44. O.U. 5517(6)Torpedo Brill Torpedo Tubes in Destroyers
Powder, Air or Cordite Impulse Fitted with E.P. Firing
GearAmendment No. 1.
P.178/44. O.U. 5517(7) Torpedo Drill BookTubes in Destroyers
Cordite Impulse Fitted with Combined Firing Gear 21-in.
D.R. V I (F. and G.), etc.Amendment No. 3.
86
1423
A.F.O. P.179 44. O.U. 5542P.A.C. PamphletAmendment No. 3.

PJL8Q/44. O.U. 6382 Instructions for Laying Observation Minefields*witk
L. Mark IV MinesAmendment No. 11.
* Exceptionally A.F.Os. P . 160, P .161, P .162, P .163, P .164, P .165, P .166, P .167,
P .168, P .169 will be distributed without demand by the Superintending Naval Stare
Officer, R .N . Store Depot, 191a, Askew Road, Shepherds Bush, W., who holds the
stock of the parent book.
(A .F.O . 1268/44.)
1424. A.M.S.IS.
(E .F .O . 16 Mar. 1944.)
There are no A dm iralty Merchant Shipping Instructions fo r distribution
with this issue o f A.F.Os.
(A .F .O . 1269 U . )
1425. b.R. 376 Establishment o Naval Stores for Diesel Rescue Tugs
List of Errata No. 1
87
B.R. 799.(Prim er) Merchant Ship Recognition.

B.R. 819 (3).Regulations for Naval Armament Services, Part I I I , Vols. A,
B and C.
B.R. 821.Handbook for 4-in. Mark X IX Gun on C.P. Marks X X I II ,
X X I I I * and X X I II * * Mountings.
B.R. 860 (5).New Card 2A, Block Sketch Cards of War Vessels, Japan.
B.R. 862A (1).Addendum No. 1 to Naval Cordite Regulations.
B.R. 868.Preliminary Pamphlet for Q.F. 6-pdr. Mark I I A Gun on 6-pdr.
Mark V I I Mounting.
B.R. 873.Notes on the Use of the Cinema as an A id to Training.
B.R. 918.Handbook and D rill for the 0-5-in. Vickers Gun on 0-5-in. Twin
Mark V MTG. (Powered).
B.R. 980 (Z ). Chart No. D.N.O.3 for 2-in. Rocket Target, dated October,
1943.
B.R. 984.Radar Operating Procedure, Part II.
B.R. 996.Small Ships Basic Code.
O.U. 6353.December SupplementBritish Merchant Vessels Lost.
O.U. 6353A.December SupplementForeign Merchant Vessels Lost or
Damaged by the Enemy.
(N.S. A ir 37477/43.16 Mar. 1944.)
Corrections to O.U. and B.R. Publications
List of Errata No. 1 to B.R. 376Establishment of Naval Stores for

Diesel Rescue Tugshas been printed and will be distributed to services
concerned from the R.N. Store Depot, Park Royal N.W.10.
2. P a rk Royal only.One copy of L ist of E rra ta No. 1 should be issued
with each copy o f the Establishment.
1428. B.R. 881 Drill for the Fuzekeeping Clocks, Marks II and I P , and Admiralty
Fire Control Clock, Mark III* Further Establishment
(G. 3310/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)

A.F.O. 5294/43 is to be amended as follows :
Add to the list of ships :
*
and
II* *
Copies
Fast Minelayers
...
...
...
3*
Ships fitted and to be fitted with the fuzekeeping clocks, Marks II, I I*
and Admiralty fire control clock, Mark III*.
(A .F .O . 5294/43.)
1427 B.R. 1037. -Manual o Firemanship B.R. 1038 A.R.P. Handbook No. 13
B.R. 1039 N.F.S. Standard Drill Book
(N. 23467/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)

A personal issue of the above books should be made on the basis shown
below :
.......................To all Leading Stokers (F.F.) and above.
B.R. 1037
B.R. 1038 and B.R. 1039
... T o all members of the R.N. Fire Force.
2.
The supplies required should be demanded from the Superintending Naval
Store Officer, R.N. Store Depot, Elveden Road, Park Royal, London, N.W.10.
1428. O.U. and B.R. Publications Distribution during February, 1944
(N .S . 139/44.-16 Mar. 1944.)
B . R . 125. Supplements
Nos. 14 and 15, Lloyd s Register o f Shipping, 1943-44.

B.R. 222.Additional PagesNotes on W / T Sets.
B.R. 234.Drill with Respirator, Anti-Gas.
Revised 1943.
B.R. 317 (22). M ining D rill Book M inelaying Arrangements, Coastal Force
Craft.
B.R.
B.R.
B.R.
B.R.
B.R.
1428
640 (7B).Combined Operations PamphletS.P. Artillery.

640 (2).Combined Operations PamphletBeach Organization.
664.Amendment No. 36, Kings Regulations and Orders for the Army.
751.Army List, Parts I and I I (January, 1944).
783 (1) (2) (3) (4).The Services Radio Valve Manual.
A.F.O. P
A.F.O. P
A.F.O. P
A.F.O. P
A.F.O. P
A.F.O. P
886/44.
C.A.F.O.
C.A.F.O.
C.A.F.O.
C.A.F.O.
33/44 to P 38/44 inclusivesee A.F.O. 358/44.

45/44 to P 63/44 inclusive see A.F.O. 492/44.
83/44 and P 84/44 inclusive see A.F.O. 755/44.
85/44 and P 90/44 to P 99/44 inclusivesee A.F.O.
Corrections to S ign a l Publications, O.U. and B.R. Series

S.C. 3/44Correction No. 10 to O.U. 5536see A.F.O. S.68/44.
S.C. 4/44Correction No. 21 to B.R. 619see A.F.O. S.68/44.

Miscellaneous
A .P. 1480A.Amendment List, Nos. 106, 107 and 108 Silhouettes of British
Aircraft.
A.P. 1976.Amendment List, Nos. 53 and 54Performance Tables of Foreign
Service Aircraft.
Army OrdersNos. 224/43-248/43 and l/44r-17/44.
Special Army OrdersNos. 224/43, 226/43 and 18/44.
Aircraft Recognition JournalVol. 2, No. 6.
Beach MarkingsRevised British System.
Signal Letters of U.S. Merchant Vessels (November, 1943).
Signai Letters of U.S. Merchant Vessels (November, 1943) Supplement No. 1.
Royal Naval Medical Bulletin No. 7.
(A .F .O . 889/44.)
1429. Air Publications
R .N . A irc ra ft Services in In d ia n Ocean Area
(N.S. 06131/43.16 Mar. 1944.)

. A a11 .stock Of the A ir Publications, O.Us. and B.Rs. detailed in
A.P. (N ) l, including airframe and engine publications for the under
mentioned aircraft, will be held by the Superintending Naval Store Officer
Geylon tor the purpose of effecting replacement and meeting casual demands
from ships, stations, etc., in the Indian Ocean Area.
j.
Subsequent amendment lists for publications issued by the Super
intending Naval Store Officer, Ceylon, will be supplied, without demand
as follow s:
For publications issued to shore servicesby Superintending Naval
Store Officer, Ceylon.
For publications issued to H.M. ships-by Superintending Naval
btore Officer, Park Royal.
1429
89
88
3. Intial outfits in accordance with the allowances shown in A.P. (N") 1

w ill continue to be supplied to new services from the R.N. Store Depot,
Shepherds Bush, London.
4. Types o f A irc ra ft for which publications are being provided are:
Barracuda, Firefly, Swordfish, Seafire I I and L IIC , I I I and L I I I
Avenger, Hellcat, Corsair, Helldiver, Reliant and Wildcat V and V I.
1435
1435. H.M. Naval Repair Bases, Corpach and DunstafEnage Communications
(M. 240/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

H.M. Naval Base, Corpach, Inverness-shire (Chief Constructor-in-Charge.
title, C.C. Corpach.)
Short
H.M. Naval Base, Dunstaffnage, Argyllshire (Chief Constructor-in-Charge.' Short

title, C.C. Dunstaffnage.)
Addressing of Correspondence, Messages and Signals
1430. Form S.1511 Naval Officers Identity Card.

flfO 3 (, 0 7 / ^ Pay and IdentitjuBeek
Form S.43a Sailors
'
(N.L. 19l4*/iS^16 Mar. 1944.)
Where practicable, photographs averted in Naval Officers Identity Cards
and Pay and Id/ntity Books sh ou ld ^m ^l@ /-âken against a white background
and overstamptoîs to
the white-'fjaii of the photograph so that the
stamp may
i<y^pparent.
/
A t present one officer is in charge of both bases and has an office at each base.
I t is essential that all written correspondence, including messages and signals,
should be sent in duplicate, the original being posted to the base to which the
correspondence is directly applicable, and the duplicate to the other base.
When consignments of materials are sent by rail, they should be addressed
to the D.N.S.O., adding in the ease of Corpach Admiralty Sidings, Corpach and
in the case of Dunstaffnage Connel Ferry Station, Argyllshire .
1432. W.R.N.S. S.160 Additional Information Required
2. Telephone communications. Each base has its own dockyard telephone

exchange with five private wires connected direct to the local Naval Office exchange,
in addition to one public exchange line (Corpach Tel. No. 217 ; Dunstaffnage,
Oban 2164).
When calling these bases to discuss or to pass confidential information, the
caller must ask for a private line to the Naval Office, Oban (for Dunstaffnage),
or to the Naval Office, Fort William (for Corpach). Having got through to the
Naval Office in either case, the caller should then ask for Dockyard Exchange,
Dunstaffnage, or Dockyard Exchange, Corpach, respectively. Any other route to
these bases is liable to pass over public exchange lines to a greater or lesser extent.
3. The telegraphic addresses for these bases are :
For Corpach...
...
...
... Aberan, Fort William
For Dunstaffnage ...
...
... Aberan, Oban.
(N. 5151/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)
(A.F.Os. 3113/43, 3507/43 and 4513/43, are cancelled.)
A.FCO ^tM l/41 and 2942/43.)

1431. Forms S.1228 and 1229 Abolition
(Sta. 10046/44.16 Mar. 1944.)

The following have been abolished :
5.1228.Relative Diverging Search Scheme.
5.1229.Perimeter Patrol.
In order that the state o f W.R.N.S. ratings may be made available without
reference to other documents, Forms S.160 rendered in future should be completed
by the insertion of S , M or W to indicate whether the rating is single,
married or a widow.
2.
The space on the form entitled Date of completion of Current Engage
ment is to be used for this purpose.
(A.F.Os. 2026/42 and 3106/42.)
1433. New Zealand Personnel Serving in the R.N. Rendering of Forms
S.161 and S.165
(N. 30372/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)

Attention is drawn to the necessity of rendering, direct to the Navy Officer
Wellington, copies of Forms S.161 and S.165 which relate to New Zealand personnel
serving in the R.N., in accordance with paragraph 9A of A.F.O. 511/44, in order
that the records of these ratings may be complete.
1436. H.M.S. Pembroke IV Change of Address of Main Pay Office
(M. 485/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

H.M.S. Pembroke IV Main Pay Office has been transferred from R.N.
Barracks, Chatham, to Gordon House, Star Hill, Rochester, Kent, to which address
all correspondence should be sent in future.
2. The Area Accountant Officer, London-Thames, has Sub-Accountant
Officers at P.L.A. Building, Tower Hill, London, E.C.3 ; West Street Pier,
Gravesend; Perrys Canteen, Tilbury Docks, and application in accountant
matters may be made to any of these, as convenient.
3. Pay documents and service certificates for personnel transferred to Base
Ships Yeoman , Tower or St. Cfement should be sent to Pembroke IV
Main Pay Office.
143? Supply of Passed by Censor Stamp to M.L.C. Cancelled
(A .F.O . 511/44.)
(N.I.D. 1211/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)
1434. Plymouth Combined Headquarters Telephone Exchange General Post Office

Numbers
Indiarubber stamps, Passed by Censor , are not to be supplied to Squadron

Commanders and Flotilla Officers of Major Landing Craft nor to the Commandi n
Officers o f individual craft.
(M. 465/44.16 Mar. 1944.)

The General Post Office telephone numbers of the Plymouth Area
Combined Headquarters telephone exchange, which serves the Commanderin-Chief, Plymouth, and the A ir Officer Commanding, 19 Group, R.A.F. and
their staffs are now:
Plymouth 61101
........... ~j
p t S
:::
Plymouth trunks 22
::: [ < * >

... J
2.
The Plymouth trunk exchange numbers should be used by authorities
outside the Plymouth Command only.
2. Column 104 o f Table B .l of A.F.O. 494/44 is to be amended accordingly.

(A .F .O . P .270/42 and A .F .O . 494/44.)
1438. Half-Yearly Electrical Reports
(T. 1507/43.16 Mar. 1944.)

A half-yearly electrical report is to be rendered on the 31st M arch and
30th September by the following :
(a ) Capital ships, Cruisers, A ircraft Carriers and Destroyer Depot
ships.
1438
90
(6) Captains (D ), who should arrange to collate any reports from

individual destroyers and forward a single report from the
Flotilla.
(c) Commanding Officers of Coastal Force Bases, who should arrange
to collate any reports from Senior Officers o f Flotillas, in
dividual craft and Base Electrical Staff, and forward a single
report from the Base.
(d ) Captains (S).
In the case of (a ) and (&), reports should be in duplicate and both copies
are to be forwarded direct to the Captain, H.M.S. Vernon .
In the case of (c), reports are to be rendered in triplicate to the Director
of Coastal Forces Material, Queen Annes Mansions, St. Jamess Park,
London, S.W.l, who w ill deal with them. A fter any necessary action has
been agreed by D.C.F.M. with other Admiralty departments concerned, the
triplicate copy, together with any decisions reached, is to be forwarded
for information to the Captain, H.M.S. Vernon
2. The object of this report is to remark or enquire on points in
connection with the electrical installation, including design of fittings and
of instruments, which are not of sufficient urgency to be raised in a special
report. Proposals which are, in effect, alterations and additions should
not be included and such questions must be submitted in the prescribed
manner. The effect of enemy action upon electrical equipment should
continue to be reported through administrative authorities without delay
in accordance with Admiralty Fleet Orders on the subject of damage
reports.
3. Remarks are also desired on the subject of the training of torpedo
ratings, with the object of keeping the Torpedo Schools in close touch with the
requirements of sea-going ships, and to give Ships Officers an opportunity
to remark on training in so far as it affects the maintenance of the electrical
equipment. These remarks should be on such matters as:
(i ) Methods of operating equipment which have been found by ex
perience to give good results.
(ii) Difficulties which have arisen in the maintenance o f electrical
equipment and faults which are likely to prove common.
(iii) Remarks on care and maintenance routines and inspections.
(iv ) Whether ratings have insufficient knowledge on any particular
subject.
(v ) Any other matters of interest from the point of view of training.
4. When reports are made, a separate sheet is to be used for each item,
each sheet being headed by the name of the ship or base and the section, viz.,
High Power, Low Power, Searchlights, or Training, with the subject of the
item as the sub-heading. In the case of collated reports from Captains (D ),
Coastal Force Bases and Captains (S ), the heading should specify the type
o f craft to which the item is applicable. The sheets are to be numbered
consecutively. Sketches should be on tracing cloth, in original only.
5. When electrical equipment is referred to, whether in special or halfyearly reports, the following particulars must be given where applicable:
( i ) Description of article in full.
(ii ) Admiralty pattern number.
( iii) Makers name.
(iv ) Makers reference number.
(v ) Makers serial number.
6. Form S.316, Electrical Report, was abolished in 1940.
7. Blank reports are not required.
(A .F .O . 1,529/40 is cancelled.)
1439. Mail Lost by Enemy Action
(M. 02313/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

Non-confidential parcel mail addressed to the Naval Officer-in-Charge and other
authorities at Naples, and to H.M. and Allied ships, Naval parties, and R.M.
detachments operating from Naples, posted in the United Kingdom between
the 30th December, 1943, and the 6th January, 1944, has been lost as a result o f
enemy action. Duplicates should be forwarded as necessary.
2. Admiralty special bags were not involved in this loss.
91
1440
1440. B.B.C. Overseas World Services Short Waveband Chart
(E.F.O. 61/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

Copies of the B.B.C. Short Waveband Chart Overseas World Services in
English for the period April-July, 1944, are being distributed to distributing
authorities abroad concurrently with this issue of A.F.Os.
2.
The number of copies available will permit supply both afloat and ashore
on a scale comparable to that in force for C.A.F.Os.
(A.F.Os. 4886/43-and 625/44 are cancelled.)
Section 6. SHORE ESTABLISHM ENTS

1441. Civil Service W a r Bonus Extension of Salary Limit
(C.E. 51636/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

The salary limit for payment o f Civil Service War Bonus has been extended
from 850 to 1,000 per annum.
2. As from the 1st February, 1944, all whole time non-industrial Civil Servants
aged 21 and over (including those serving in Eire and other United Kingdom
based staff serving abroad), whose remuneration exceeds 850 per annum but
does not exceed 1,000 per annum, should be paid War Bonus at the following
rates :
Men ...
...
... 19s. per week (49 11s. per annum).
Women
...
...15s. 6d. per week (40 9s. per annum).
3. To obviate anomalies in the case o f salaries in excess o f 1,000 per annum,
the amount and incidence of War Bonus should be adjusted so as to ensure that no
officer receives less in pay and bonus together than he would have received if his
salary had been at the rate of 1,000 per annum.
4. The general rules governing payment o f bonus contained in A.F.Os. 3012/43
and 4380/43 will apply.
(A.F.O s. 3012/43, 4380/43, 5937/43 and 6186/43.)
1442. Civil Servants Serving in India Balance of Civil Pay
(D .N .A ./C .E . 1324/44.16 Mar. 1944.)

Changes in Procedure
Certain changes have recently been decided upon as regards the
accounting arrangements fo r troops in India, and w ill affect the balance
o f civil pay procedure.
2.
As a war-time measure an officer o f the R oyal A rm y P a y Corps has
been appointed Chief Paymaster, In dia, and responsibility, under the
Government o f India, fo r the maintenance o f pay accounts o f the A rm y in
In dia has been distributed as follow s:
(a ) In d ia n A rm y Officers (including British Officers belonging to the
Indian A r m y ):
F ield Controller o f M ilita ry Accounts,
W anowrie Lines,
Poona,
or, in certain cases, the
Controller o f M ilita ry Accounts o f the command or district
in which an officer is serving.
(b ) B ritis h Other Ranks belonging to the In d ia Unattached L ist
(in clu d in g the In d ia n A rm y Ordnance Corps) o f the Ind ian Arm y
F ield Controller o f M ilita ry Accounts,
W anowrie Lines,
Poona,
92
1442
93
(c) B ritish Service Officers (inclu ding British Service officers attached
1442
Recovery o f Overpayments
to Indian Army units):

Chief Paymaster,
(Officers Accounts),
British Army Pay Office,
Connaught Lines^
Meerut.
9.
I t has been ascertained that a considerable number of overpayments of
balance o f civil pay to civil servants serving in army units in In d ia have
occurred, owing to delayed notifications o f changes in service emoluments.
I t has been agreed that the W ar Office shall settle the terms on which
these past overpayments shall be recovered, lim itin g recovery to an amount
equivalent to half the value fo r six months of the total o f:
(a ) net m ilita ry pay (i.e. gross pay less any compulsory allotments
and/or stoppages); and
( b) balance o f civil pay in issue at the time o f calculation.
The W ar Office w ill n otify civil departments o f the amounts recoverable
from civil pay, and the whole o f the amounts not recovered under the
form ula w ill be w ritten off by the W ar Office on behalf o f the civil depart
ments.
(A .F .O . 3352HO is cancelled.)
(d ) B ritish Service Other Ranks
Regimental Paymaster,
British Troops (India),
British Army Pay Office,
Connaught Lines,
Meerut.
3. Variations o f deductible service emoluments of Indian Army Officers,
and British Other Ranks of the India Unattached List, will continue to
be notified to civil departments by the Field Controller of M ilitary Accounts,
Poona, or other Controller of M iliary Accounts concerned, through the
India office.
4. Variations in deductible emoluments of British Service Officers and
British Other Ranks are notified by the British Army Pay Office, Meerut, by
Microgram to the Inspector of Pay Services, The War Office (F.9B.) from
which notifications (Arm y Forms O 1632) are prepared and transmitted to
civil departments.
Parts I I and I I I of Arm y Form O 1632 should be returned to the War
Office (F.9B) for transmission to the British Army Pay Office, Meerut.
5. Any questions regarding service emoluments, voluntary deductions,
etc., should be addressed as follows:
( i ) B ritis h Service Officers and B ritis h Other Ranks o f the A rm y
Inspector of Pay Services,
The War Office (F.9B.),
Whitehall, S.W.l.
The following note should be added below the above :
For Chief Paymaster British Troops (In d ia ) . (N o te : To
facilitate tracing, the officer s personal number or soldiers Army
number, together with rank, name, and regiment or corps, should be
given.
(ii) In d ia n A rm y Officers and B ritis h Other Ranks o f the In d ia
1443. Assistant Officers in Supply and Accounting Departments, Higher

Clerical Officers, etc. Overtime, etc., Arrangements
(C.E. 51667/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

It has been decided to suspend for the duration of the war the arrangement
whereby Assistant Officers in Supply and Accounting Departments, Higher Clerical
Officers and other officers receiving payment for overtime on a similar basis are paid
overtime in respect of consecutive periods of four weeks.
2. As from 19th March, 1944, such officers should be paid overtime in respect
o f each weekly period ending Saturday midnight for hours in excess of 46 hours
if the officer is conditioned to a weekly attendance of 42 hours, and for hours in
excess of 48 hours if the officer is conditioned to a weekly attendance of 44 hours.
3. Further instructions about the new arrangement are contained in A.F.O.
1328/44.
4. Sunday attendance for these grades should continue to be dealt with as
hitherto, i.e. the officer attending should be granted time off within the ensuing
18 week days equivalent to the actual Sunday attendance, and should be credited
in addition with one-quarter of the hours worked on Sunday for the purpose of
assessing overtime. I f time off within 18 week days is impracticable, the Sunday
attendance should be reckoned at the rate of time-and-a-quarter. The option
between payment and time in lieu will continue to rest with, the Establishment.
5. The credit to be given for overtime purposes for odd days absence, sick
or on approved leave, also remains unchanged, i.e. :
Unattached List
India Office,
28, K in g s Road,
Sloane Square,
London, S.W.3.
Standard attendance
6. The pay of personnel serving with the Royal A ir Force in India is

now being dealt with by the A ir Ministry and notifications w ill now be sent
by that department direct to civil departments. Any questions regarding
service emoluments, voluntary deductions, etc., should be addressed to :
A ir Ministry,
(Accounts 16b),
2, Seville Street,
Knightsbridge, S .W .l.
Credit due
42 hours a week
...
...
44 hours a week
...
...
Any day, Monday to Friday

Saturday
...
...
Any day, Monday to Friday
Saturday
...
...
...
...
...
...
7J hours
4^ hours
8 hours
4 hours
(Home Dockyard Regulations, Articles 157(1) and 429 (6)(b) ; Cash Duties
Instructions, Article 54 (1) and (9)).
(A.F.0.132S/44.)
7. In future notifications of casualties w ill be sent from the service

departments. I t will no longer be necessary for establishments to notify the
India Office when a civil servant serving with the Forces is posted to the
Indian establishment, unless he is known to have been commissioned in the
Indian Army or to be a British soldier serving with an Indian Army
formation or department.
1444. Standard Tests for Temporary Typing Grades
(C.E. 50876/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

It has been decided to standardize the tests to be taken by members of the
temporary typing grades, as follows :
(i) Tests for grant o f proficiency allowance after break in service ;
(ii) Grading tests for new entrants ;
(iii) Tests for upgrading to shorthand typists and clerk-shorthand typists,
Grades I and II.
8. The service emoluments of civil servants in India for balance of civil

pay purposes will continue to be taken as the pay and allowance that
would be deducted from civil pay in the case of an officer or man of com
parable rank serving in this country, including any additional pay (other
than casual additional pay), plus Indian Army allowance where drawn.
2.
The tests should, if possible, be given in Departmental or Regional Typing
Training Schools (see appendix). I f this cannot be done, the Superintendent of
94
1444
95
the Departmental Training School (or of another Training School, if more convenient)
should be asked for advice in the setting of the tests and the papers should be sent
to her for marking.
3. New entrants to the shorthand grades should be given both the Grade I
and Grade I I tests, and graded according to the results. An officer who reaches
Grade I I standard only should later be given opportunities of again taking the
Grade I test.
4. Whilst a minimum standard of 30 w.p.m. assessed as described in the
attached Standard is expected of temporary typists on entry, no applicant for a
typists post need be rejected on low speed alone. Where an applicant has had
previous experience but is out of practice, or where it is obvious that she is well
versed in the use o f the machine, but her speed is poor, she may be engaged on
trial for a month at the trainee rate, i.e., 3s. per week less than standard. I f at
the end of the month she has not been able to pass the entry test and it appears
unlikely that she will be able to improve, she should bo discharged. If, on the
other hand, she shows promise but has not attained the standard, the trial period
can be extended. The entry tests can be given at any time before the end of the
trial period, when it is considered that the candidate is ready to take it, and she
should be re-graded from the date on which she passes the test.
5. A candidate for a typing test should
(i) be given the make o f typewriter to which she is accustomed, or, if this
is not possible, a similar make ; and
(ii) be allowed time to practise on the machine in order to become accustomed
to its touch
6. The standard tests will be as follows :
(1) The typing of a Stage I I accuracy test o f the Royal Society o f Arts
at not less than 30 words (150 strokes) a minute. Time allowed: 10 minutes.
Method of Assessment of Speed and Errors.As shown for Re-Entry
Proficiency Standard.
(2) (New entrants only).The typing from manuscript of a passage of
approximately 250 words. Time allowed : 30 minutes.
A p p e n d ix
T r a in in g Sc h o o ls i n
Department.
London
Admiralty
T y p e w r it in g
Responsible Officer
............
(1) The writing in shorthand from dictation at 120 words a minute for
four minutes o f the commercial passage of a Stage I I I Royal Society of Arts
Examination ; and
(2) the typing with suitable display of a transcript of the shorthand
notes with not more than 10 errors.
The omission of a necessary punctuation mark or the insertion o f an
unnecessary one is counted as an error if it renders the passage ungrammatical
or alters the sense.
Time allowed for typed transcription : 35 minutes.
Typewriting :
The typing of a Stage I I I accuracy test of the Royal Society of Arts at

not less than 50 words (250 strokes) a minute (net). Time allowed : 10
minutes.
Method of Assessment of Speed.The number of strokes hi the test is
divided by five (five letters are taken to equal an average word) to give the
number of words. Ten words are deducted for each error from the gross
total of words typed, and the resultant net number of words is then divided
by ten to give the words per minute, e.g., 3,000 strokes divided by 5 = 600
words minus 90 for nine errors = 510 words divided by 10 (time taken) =
average rate of 51 words per minute.
Errors.The maximum number of errors allowed is 10, but when it is
necessary to test a candidate on a keyboard which is unfamiliar to her,
errors obviously caused by unfamiliarity with the keyboard should be
disregarded for the purpose of standard and assessment of speed.
T em po rary
Sh o r t h a n d T y p i s t s G r a d e
Sh o r t h a n d
| Superintendent and
Address o f School.
Telephone No.
Whitehall 9000.
Ext. 601.
Provinces
Bath
Admiralty
.............
Miss M. Keith,
8, Buckingham Gate
S.W .l.
Mr. W. C. Brown ...
Bath 3281,
Ext. 20.
Birmingham
Ministry o f Labour ...
Miss D. Bingham,
25, Queens Square,
Bath.
Mr. Sloman
Birmingham
Central 3023.
Blackpool
Ministry o f Health
Miss K. E. James,
6G, Corporation
Street,
Birmingham.
Mr. H. T. Wells
Miss E. L. Richardson,
Hotel Metropole,
Blackpool.
Miss M. E. Stirling,
Norcross,
Blackpool.
Blackpool 4130.
Ext. 170.
...
Ministiy o f Pensions ...
...
Miss Hutton, M.B.E.,
Thornton 2371.
Bristol
Ministry of Labour ...
Mr. Webley
Bristol 22739.
Cambridge
Miss E. V. Eades,
25, Great George
Street, Bristol.
Mr. Brown ...
Cambridge 54258.
Colwyn Bay
Ministry o f Food
Miss V. M. Melville,
78, Hills Road,
Cambridge.
Miss White
Colwyn Bay 3371.
Harrogate
Assistance Board
Miss K . Taylor,
Norfolk House,
Princes Drive,
Colwyn Bay.
Mr. D. Salusburv ...
Harrogate 2802.
Leeds
Miss M. A. Potter,
Walcot,
Alexandra Road,
Harrogate.
Mr. Dotchon
Leeds 28181.
Liverpool
Ministry o f Supply ...
Miss E. Hindle,
80, Tonbridge Street,
Leeds.
Miss C. J. L. Wilson,
jiverpool
Central 2046.
Llandudno
Inland Revenue
Miss M. O. Jones,
Government Typists
Training Centre,
1, Temple Court,
Liverpool, 2.
Miss Stroud
Miss L. H. Macdonald,
Brig-y-don Hotel,
Llandudno.
jlandudno 7211,
ixtension 244.
Shorthand :
(1) The writing in shorthand from dictation at 100 words a minute for
three minutes of a passage from the extracts from speeches and articles, or
the speed tests in the Shorthand Teachers Supplement (Pitman) ; and
(2) the typing with suitable display of a transcript of the shorthand
notes as for Grade I Shorthand Typists.
and
Miss Kirk
R e -e n t r y P r o f i c i e n c y S t a n d a r d
Shorthand :
1444
Typewriting :
96
1444
Responsible Officer.
Department.
97
Superintendent and
Address o f School.
1447. Civilian Dental Mechanics Rates of Pay
Telephone No.
ftFo S C O C ^ L ^
Manchester
N ewcxistle-on- Tyne
Nottingham
Mrs. C. C. Long,
Sunlight House,
Quay Street,
Manchester.
Manchester,
Blackfriars 8200,
Ext. 156.
Miss A. S. Reid,
1, Sydenham Terrace,
Newcastle-on-Tyne.
Newcastle-on-Tyne
27236.
Miss H. Twine,
Long Row
Chambers,
Long Row,
Nottingham.
Nottingham 45139.
Mr. R. J. N. Clean,
Miss G. P. Duncan,
51A, Commarket
Street, Oxford.
Oxford 2370.
Mr. Bibbings
Miss D. Q. Harman,
Holy Trinity
Parish Hall,
Oxford Road, Reading.
Heading 60576.
Miss Williamson,
Palace Hotel, Rhyl.
R hyl 1241.
Mr. Anderton
Mr. M i l n e .............
Mr. Langford
Oxford
Ministry o f Pood
Reading
Rhyl
Ministry o f Works
Miss Blore ...
Ministry o f Agriculture
and Fisheries.
Miss Hosking
Miss D. V. Wright,
Hotel Majestic,
St. Annes-on-Sea.
St. Annes 2140.
Miss Taylor
Miss N. E. Bailey,
Oakfield Court,
Grove Hill Road,
Tunbridge Wells.
Tunbridge Well
1250.
Tunbridge Wells
Ministry o f Works
(L. 3646/42. 16 Mar. 1944.)
Civilian dental mechanics employed in Admiralty establishments should be

paid at the following rates :
/
Denial mechanics. On entry, k basic rate of 74s. 6d. a week
(probationary), rising to 79s. (id. a/week after six months satisfactory
service, and thereafter by two annua! increments of 2s. 6d. a week to a
maximum of 84s. fid.
I
Senior dental mechanics.A t laboratories where fewer than five dental
mechamos are employed, the senior mechanic will receive a minimum basic
rate of 84s. Gd. a week, rising byiour annual increments of 2s. 6d. a week
to 94s. 6d.
I
Chief dental mechanics.A if laboratories where five or more dental
mechanics are employed, the Complement will include one Chief dental
mechanic and one Senior dentay mechanic.
...
St. Annes
1447
Chief dental mechanics will receive a minimum basic rate of 94s. &d.
a week, rising by four annual increments of 2s. 6d. a week to 104s. 6d.
Admiralty industrial boons (at present 21s. 6d. a week) is payable in
addition to the basic rates. /
3.
These rates of pay are for L 47-hour week. Overtime payments should be
made in accordance with Instructions for the Conduct of Cash Duties, Appendix IV,
Section A (A.F.O. 1450/44).
/
*
(A.F.Os. 4730'40, 1 0 lf /41. 1864/41 and 5985/42 are cancelled.)
1445. Payment of Proficiency Allowance after Break in Service
(C.E. 50877/44.-16 Mar. 1944.)

A member of a temporary typing grade who qualifies for payment of a proficiency
allowance and subsequently ceases to be employed should, on re-employment in
the same or another Government Department, continue to receive payment of such
allowance, provided that:
() The previous service was not terminated for misconduct or inefficiency
or by resignation effected without reasonable notice or in the face o
objection by the former employing department ; and
() The break in service did not exceed, one calendar month.
1448. Extended Employment of Women Industriis in Admiralty Establishments in

Wartime Bates of Pay, Conditions of Service
(L. 7110/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)

The various Fleet Orders relating to the extended employment of women in
Admiralty Establishments are consolidated in the present Order, which does not
embody any changes in existing instructions.
2.
Rates on Completion of Training (Skilled Labourers and Mechanics).Under
agreements reached on the Shipbuilding Trade Joint Council:
(o) Women who are engaged on work, which, according to the lines of
demarcation already established by agreement or practice in H.M.
Dockyards and other Admiralty Establishments, would normally be
performed by mechanics, by skilled labourers of Schedules I to V and
V II of the Skilled Labourers Schedule (vide Appendix II, Instructions
for the Conduct of Cash Duties), or by Storehouse Assistants, are,
when trained, to be paid as follows :
(i) I f capable of performing the work without special assistance or
supervisionthe minimum of the basic rates which would
be payable to male workers similarly employed, plus Admiralty
Industrial Bonus.
2.
I f the break in service exceeds one month and condition (a) is satisfied, the
officer may receive payment of the allowance from the date of re-employment if,
within a month, she passes the departmental tests, details of which have been
promulgated in A.F.O. 1444/44. I f she is unable to reach this standard within a
month of re-employment, she may be allowed a further attempt after a suitable
interval. Should she succeed at the second attempt, payment of the allowance may
be restored from a current date ; otherwise, this may only be done if she again
qualifies at one of the regular proficiency examinations.
(ii) Otherwise, either 75 per cent, or 85 per cent, of the minimum of

the basic rates payable to male workers similarly employed,
plus a corresponding percentage of the Admiralty Industrial
Bonus, according to the degree of special assistance or super
vision required.
(6) In determining the percentage of base rate and of bonus payable to any
woman, due regard must be paid to the following considerations :
(i) The formula quoted in paragraph 2 (a) (i) allows payment of the
100 per cent, rate in all cases where either the woman in question
actually takes the place of a man on a head for head basis,
or the amount of assistance or supervision is no greater than
would be given if a man were employed.
1448. Overtime Payments Non-Industrial Employees Arrangements under the

Pay-as-you-Earn Income Tax Deduction Scheme
(C.E. 3578/44 16 Mar. 1944.)

Attention is drawn to A.F.O. 1328/44 in Section 2 of this issue.
(66498)
I)
98
1448
(ii) It will generally be true that a woman who has satisfactorily

completed her training period (during the last weeks of which
she has been in receipt of 75 per cent, of the mans total rate
of pay) is deserving of advancement to one of the higher
percentages. Where this is not so, consideration should be
given to the desirability of transfer to other work ; but if her
skill and experience, while not sufficient to warrant payment
of the 85 per cent, rate, yet are such that reversion would not
be in the interests of the Service, she should continue to be
paid the 75 per cent, rate for a further probationary period,
subject to review at intervals. The determining factor in such
cases will be the extent to which special assistance or super
vision is required.
(c) The percentage rates to be paid as in paragraph 2 (a) (i), (ii), are to be
determined locally in consultation and agreement with the Trade Union
representatives concernedin the case of the work of mechanics and
of titular grades, the representative of the Craft Union concerned.
Such local agreements will be immediately effective, but will be subject
to confirmation by the Executive representatives of the Union or
Unions concerned, and by the Admiralty (paragraph 9 refers).
Note A .At Establishments other than the Dockyards (e.g. R.N. Air Stations),
exactly the same arrangements hold as above, except that the womens rates will be
based on the appropriate minimum rate (basic plus bonus) of the corresponding
male grade in the Establishment concerned.
3.
Rates During Training (Skilled Labourers and Mechanics).Under agree
ments reached on the Shipbuilding Trade Joint Council:
(a) During the training period, payment is to be made as follows :
(i) For the first eight weeks after entry, women are to be paid a
basic rate of 26s. a week, plus womens bonus (at present
22s. plus 3s. time workers bonus, where applicable).
Note (b).Women who are already in receipt of a rate in
excess of 51s., may retain that rate for Stage I of training, and
until eligible to receive a higher rate in accordance with
paragraph 3 (a) (ii) (iii), or paragraph 2 (a).
( ) At the end o f eight weeks, and for a further 12 weeks, the basic
rate and bonus described under 3 (a) (i) above, are to be
increased by amounts calculated as follows :
Basic Rate.One-third of the difference between the
basic rate of 26s. and the minimum basic rate payable to the
grade o f men who would normally be employed on the work
in question. (In the case of women training for titulars work,
this will be the male titular rate).
Bonus.One-third of the difference between the womens
bonus (at present 22s., plus 3s. for time workers), and the
Admiralty Industrial Bonus.
(iii) At the end of 20 weeks, and for a further period of 12 weeks,
they are to be paid a basic rate equal to 75 per cent, of the
minimum basic rate payable to the grade of men who would
normally be employed on the work in question, plus 75 per
cent, of the Admiralty industrial bonus.
Note. (c).In the case of women replacing skilled labourers
Schedules I and II, the Stage I I training rate is at present
higher than the 75 per cent, rate which should normally be
paid for Stage I I I, and the Stage I I rate may, therefore, be
retained for Stage I I I of training, and until the woman con
cerned is eligible for a higher rate under paragraph 2 (a).
(b)
Women who, during the training period, or after it, are found to be
unsuitable or show insufficient skill, are to be transferred to such other
work as may be available and suitable for them.
99
1448
(c) The normal training period of 32 weeks for women training for mechanics
or skilled labourers work of grades superior to Schedule I may excep
tionally, if a woman possesses special experience, or has undergone
a course of training before entry, be curtailed, and the appropriate
percentage rate under paragraph 2 (a) (i) and (ii), be paid at any time,
subject to certification of competency by the local officers, and to the
agreement of the Trade Union representatives concerned.
(d) In the case of women replacing skilled labourers of Schedule I, the
training period will normally be curtailed on account of the relatively
simple nature o f the work involved. Women who have already
attained a satisfactory degree o f experience and efficiency should be
placed at once on one o f the rates (75 per cent., 85 per cent., or 100 per
cent, of the minimum corresponding mens basic rate and o f mens
bonus) as in paragraph 2 (a), in consultation and agreement with the
appropriate trade union representatives.
4. Women replacing ordinary labourers.Under agreement reached on the
Shipbuilding Trade Joint Council, women replacing ordinary labourers should be
paid 80 per cent, of the basic rate and o f the bonus payable to ordinary labourers
in the establishment concerned.
5. Girls employed on men's work.Girls o f 16 and 17 years when employed, on
mens work may be paid as follows :
Aged 16 ...
...
Aged 17
...
...
Appropi'iate rate for adult women similarly employed,

less 45 per cent.
Appropriate rate for adult women similarly employed,
less 35 per cent.
6. Overtime payments.Overtime payments are to be made in accordance

with Sections A and B, Appendix IV of Cash Duties Instructions, repeated in
A.F.O. 1450/44.
7. Excluded categories.-The following categories o f female industrial employees
are excluded from the scope of this A.F.O. :
Colour makers.
Spinners in roperies.
Telephone operators.
Girl messengers.
Women employed in R.N. Cordite Factory, Holton Heath, or R.N.
Propellant Factory, Caerwent.
Women employed in the laboratories o f Armament Supply depots.
Female examiners (non-mechanic) o f the Naval Ordnance Inspection
Department.
All female employees, other than those at 5 above, for whom juvenile
rates o f pay have been authorised.
Domestic grades (e.g. office cleaners, maids in R.N. hospitals).
Canteen workers.
8. Part-time Women Industrials on Men's Work.The arrangements for part time women, generally, are set out in A.F.O. 1449/44.
9. Returns.(a) An agreed record should be kept of all jobs on which women
are substituted for men. Departments are therefore required to forward the
following particulars to the Secretai'y of the Admiralty (Labour Branch), in respect
of each job carried out by women in substitution for men :
(i) Description of job.
(ii) Class of male worker customarily employed on the job in the Establish
ment in peacetime. (In the case of skilled labourers, the schedule
and number of the group should be reported.)
(iii) The Union whose local representative has agreed to the substitution.
Note D .A single copy only of this return is required and the signature of the
local representative of the Trade Union concerned is not necessary. The purpose
of this return is to enable formal agreements to be compiled at the Admiralty, and
after ratification by the Trade Union Executive, two copies are sent to the Establish
ment, one to be retained, and the other to be forwarded to the local representative
of the Trade Union concerned.
1448
100
101
(6)
In order to obtain an accurate monthly statement of the number of females
employed in lieu of males, reports should be forwarded on the first of each month
in the form shown below :
(i) Number of females (in lieu of males);
(a) entered during the preceding month,
(b) discharged during the preceding month.
(ii) Total number of females now employed in lieu of males.
Whole-time and part-time employees should be shown separately.
The only categories of female industrials that are to be omitted, from these
returns are those grades in which women were regularly and normally employed in
peacetime, e.g. Colour Women, Ropery Women and Office Cleaners.
Superintendents of Dockyards, etc., are requested not to make a summary of
the returns rendered by Dockyard Departments, or by other Establishments under
their control, but to collect and forward the returns rendered by each separate unit.
(A.F.Os. 2221/43, 2572/43, and 3513/43 are cancelled.)
1449. Part-Time Industrial Women Workers Rates o! Pay and Conditions

of Service
(L. 3196/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)

Where it is impossible to obtain sufficient entrants for whole-time work,
women may, as a temporary war-time measure, be entered in A dmiralty Industrial
Establishments on a part-time basis.
2. Such entries should not be made when recruits for whole-time employment
are available, i.e., women for whole-time employment should always be taken in
preference to part-time recruits.
3. It is, moreover, a condition of the employment of women on a part-time
basis that the local Trade Union representatives must be consulted prior to their
entry.
4. Part-time industrial women workers should be paid for all employment
during the normal working hours of the establishment, on an hourly basis at one
forty-seventh of the total weekly rate which would be paid to a woman employed
full-time on the same job.
5. If, with local Trade Union concurrence, it should be necessary to employ
part-time women workers outside the normal working hours of the establishment
() Overtime payments, in accordance with C.D.I., Appendix IV , Section A,
(A.F.O. 1450/44), should be made for hours worked in any one day in
excess of the normal daily number of working hours of full-time
employees in the establishment. Hours worked between midnight
Saturday and midnight Sunday should be paid for at double time rate.
() Where employed on shift work, and working the full number of hours of
the complete shift, part-time workers should be paid in the same
way as full-time employees. I f working part of a shift, payment
should be made at plain time rate for day-shift horns, at 1J for nightshift hours, and at double time for all Sunday work.
6. In the case of grades who qualify for increments after three months, e.g.,
women examiners of the Naval Ordnance Inspection Department, the number of
hours of employment qualifying for an increment, should be reckoned as 13 weeks
of 47 hours =611 hours.
7. Casual part-time employees who are employed at week-ends only, are not
eligible for paid leave, overtime rates, or double time for Sunday work.
8. Part-time women cleaners at outport establishments should be paid
in accordance with A.F.O. 1452/44.
{A .F .O s. 4816/41 and 2221/43 are cancelled.)
ra te s
1450
1450. Industrial Workpeople Overtime, etc., Payments for
S o o b j ^ L . (L. 1899/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

Overtime, etc., payments for industrial workpeople (mate and female) in
overtime grades should be made in accordance with Instructions for the Conduct
of Cash Duties, Appendix IV, Sections A and B, which for convenience are
reprinted below :
Section A
Ordinary working days
() For time worked outside the limits of the ordinary working
Multiple of
ordinary
time rate
If
day, except as provided for under (6).

() For time worked after midnight in continuation of work on
which the same men have been employed before midnight
or when men are called to work between midnight and
time of general in-muster if warning has not been given
before stopping time the previous day.
Sundays(c) For all time worked between midnight Saturday and
midnight Sunday.
Holidays or days (other than those of the closed weelc)* on which general
leave with pay is granted fo r special purposes
For time worked

(d) Within the hours corresponding to those of ordinary
If
working day.
(e) Outside the limits of (d) and corresponding to that covered
Iff
by (a) on an ordinary working day.
(/) Corresponding to that covered by (b) on an ordinary
2f
working day.
*
Employment (luring the closed week, i.e. the week prescribed by the
Admiralty on which the general six days leave with pay are to be taken, is to
be paid for in the same way as employment in other weeks.
t In addition to the payment of an ordinary days wages for the holiday.
Section B
Night shifts
(g) For time worked, except as stated below ...
...
...
(h) For time worked in excess of a night shift, other than on
Multiple of
ordinary
time rate
It
If
Sundays, including any time which may necessarily be

worked under specific instructions during an authorised
stopping time for meals in the shift.
(i) For time worked between midnight Saturday and midnight
Sunday.
( j ) For time worked between normal closing time on Saturday
and normal opening time on Monday morning (except
during Sunday hours).
2
If
(A.F.Os. 5347/41 and 5691/41 are cancelled.)

1451. Female Industrial Telephone Operators Rates of Pay
(L. 7322/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)

Female Industrial Telephone Operators at outport establishments should
paid at the following inclusive rates :
Rates fo r Admiralty Establishments outside London
Area
s. d.
Age
16
17
18
19
20
21
...
...
43
48
53
56
59
62
0
0
0
0
0
0
be
Rates fo r Establishments
in London Area (within
radius of 12 miles of
Charing Cross)
s. d.
46
51
56
59
62
66
0
0
a
0
0
0
1451
102
103
2. These rates o f pay will cover a gross working week o f 48 hours, and meal times
will be included as attendance. Where, however, the normal working week of an
establishment is 47 horns, and where telephone operators are not required to work
for hours in excess o f this number, no deductions should be made for the 47 hours
instead of 48) attendance.
3. Overtime payments should be made fo r hours worked in excess of 48 per week,
but otherwise in accordance with A.F.O. 1450/44 ; and double time will be payable
for hours worked between midnight Saturday and midnight Sunday.
{A.F.Os. 3777/41 and 5038/43 arc cancelled.)
1452. Unskilled Women Workers (Cleaners) Bates oi Pay
(L. 1900/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

Women and girlb employed whole-time as Cleaners for a 47-hour week in outport
establishments, should be paid the minimum basic rate payable to female workers
on womens work in the establishment, plus womens industrial bonus (or juvenile
bonus), and female time-workers bonus.
2. A t establishments other than H.M. dockyards, armament supply depots,
R.N. hospitals, and certain pre-war Admiralty establishments, the rates for unskilled
females on womei
> Basic
rate
s. d.
Age
Bonus
s. d.
Timeworkers'
bonus
s. d.
Total
s. d.
18 0
1 0
7 0
10 0
20 8
1 0
8 0
11 8
26 4
1 0
12 0
13 4
30 8
1 0
15 0
14 8
42 6
1 6
22 0
19 0
2 0
45 0
22 0
21 0
47 6
2 6
22 0
23 0
20
...
50 0
3 0
22 0
25 0
......................
__
.
21
3. Whole-time Cleaners should be paid for over-time in accordance with C.D.I.,
Appendix 4, Section A (A.F.O. 1450/44).
4. Part-time women Cleaners at H.M. dockyards should continue to be paid
at the consolidated hourly rate, which will fall to be increased by one-forty-seventh
of any future increase in womens industrial bonus.
5. Part-time women Cleaners at outport establishments, other than H.M.
dockyards, shoidd continue to be paid the local hourly rate, to be ascertained from
the local Ministry of Labour Employment Exchange, with an over-riding maximum
represented by the rate which would be payable to whole-time Cleaners in the
establishment. (See paragraph 1.)
14
15
16
17
18
19
...
...
...
...
...
(A.F.Os. 1662/41, 87/42, 1476/42, 6458/42, and 1151/43 art cancelled.)

t)i l 3 cu453. Allowances Reckonable for Pension or Gratuity
lu\.3
*
(L. 80/44.16 Mar. 1944.)
In future, in rendering Superannuation forms for workpeople, any
allowance which has been granted to the person concerned in respect of
increased responsibility, even though for purely war-time duties, except
where it has been specifically granted for a limited duration or on an
experimental basis should be shown, with a reference to the Admiralty
authority, in order that consideration may be given in office to the question
of its reckonability for superannuation purposes under Article 465 Home
Dockyard Regulations.
2.
The fact that an allowance may have been described when first
authorized as not reckonable for superannuation, etc. is not to be
regarded as precluding action in accordance with paragraph 1 above.
1454. Regulated Areas Movement Within By Naval and Civilian Personnel and
Contractors Employees during the Imposition of Restrictions
(N.L. 20790/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)

Details of the existing Regulated Areas in England and Scotland are conta ined
in A.F.Os. 849/42 and 2462/43. As stated in those Orders, restrictions may be
imposed from time to time for military purposes without prior notice on access to
localities within a Regulated Area particularly specified by General Officers
1454
Commanding in Chief, Home Commands, under powers delegated to them by

the Secretary of State for War under Regulation 13A of the Defence (General)
Regulations, 1939. Areas where restrictions are imposed are called Specified
Areas and will not necessarily cover the whole of the Regulated Areas in which
they are situated. It should be noted that only local publicity will be given to the
imposition of such restrictions in specified areas and therefore persons travelling
on Admiralty business must be prepared to encounter local restrictions at any
point and at any time.
2.
Any person wishing to enter a specified area during a period of restriction
must be in possession of Identity documents which will be recognised by the
Military Control and must be able to produce evidence that he is on essential duty
in such specified area. Local arrangements will be provided wherever an area may
be specified to ensure that local residents can proceed between their residences and
their normal places o f employment. I f it becomes apparent that such arrangements
are required in the case of Naval establishments, Officers in Charge should approach
the local military authorities. The following arrangements should otherwise be
complied with in order to ensure that individuals on Admiralty duty may move
freely about after the imposition of restrictions :
(a) Naval Personnelmust be in possession o f service identity documents
and a written authorisation from the Head of their Department or
Commanding Officer.
(b) Admiralty civilian personnel. (i) Personnel moving independently should
be in possession of D.R. Form 1 or D.R. Form 12 supported by a
letter from the Head of their Department briefly outlining their duties.
Departments should commence to issue D.R. Forms 12 to persons in
this category who, in the opinion of the department, are likely to
make frequent journeys and are key men. Stocks of D.R. Form 12,
if not already held, can be obtained from the Naval Store Depot,
Elveden Place, Park Royal.
D.R. Form 12 will not be required for single journeys but a
National Registration Identity Card and a letter from the head of
the persons department including particulars of his National Registra
tion Identity number and briefly outlining the reason for his journey
will be required in this case.
(ii) Parties of men moving collectively should carry their National Registra
tion Identity Cards individually and should be listed in a letter from
the Head of their Department which shoidd be carried by the leading
hand. The letter should include particulars of the National Registra
tion Identity numbers of the men comprising the party and should
briefly' outline the reason for their journey.
(iii) All D.R. Forms 12 issued by Admiralty Departments must bear the
official stamp of the issuing office and the holders National
Registration Identity number.
(c) Contractors' employees. (i) Contractors employees moving independently
who in the opinion of their employers are likely to make frequent
journeys into specified areas and are key men should be provided
with D.R. Form 12. In addition they should carry a letter from
their firm indicating the holders status and business, and if possible
this should be endorsed by' the responsible Admiralty Officer. As
explained in paragraph 2 (6) above, D.R. Form 12 will not be required
for single journeys but a National Registration Identity Card and a
letter from the firm including particulars of the holders National
Registration Identity number and briefly outlining the reason for his
journey' should be carried. Where possible, the letter should be
endorsed by the responsible Admiralty Officer.
(ii) Contractors who are likely to send key men on frequent journeys into these
areas may be invited by the production departments or their local
representatives to apply to the Admiralty, Bath (Director o f Navy
Contracts (Br.lOC) or Civil Engineer in Chief according to the nature
o f the contract) for D.R. Forms 12. Such applications should
preferably be submitted through the Admiralty Overseer or other
local officer responsible for the work for his support and transmission
to the Director of Navy Contracts or C.E. in C. Applications which
are supported will be forwarded by' the latter departments to the
Director o f Naval Intelligence, Admiralty, London.
(iii) Parties of men or individuals may have to be sent into a specified area
for out work on behalf o f firms situated outside the specified area
104
1454
or vice versa. In such cases each man should carry his National
Registration Identity Card and a letter from the firm (if possible
endorsed by the responsible Admiralty Officer) including particulars
of his National Registration number and briefly outlining the reason
for his journey, except that where the party is travelling together it
will normally be sufficient if the leading hand alone carries a letter
from the firm, which in addition to showing the purpose of the journey
should list the members of the party and include particulars of their
National Registration Identity numbers.
(iv) Men may have to enter specified areas to take up new employment at
firms situated therein on directions from the Ministry of Labour or
under the terms of an agreement voluntarily entered into with the
Admiralty. Men in these categories should carry with them not only
their National Registration Identity card, but also as may be
appropriate their Notice of Direction or a letter from the District
Shipyard Controller or other responsible Admiralty Officer in the
Districts from which they are travelling.
3. Visits to establishments in these areas should wherever possible be notified
in advance to the establishment concerned, giving the names, rank or status,
National Registration numbers where appropriate, route, date and probable time
of arrival, to enable the establishment to advise the military authorities, should
restrictions be in force. Prior notification is particularly desirable when large
parties are involved. Parties of men travelling under the arrangements outlined
in paragraphs 2 (6) (ii) and 2 (c) (iii) and (iv) will not be required to obtain temporary
permits at the control posts unless their stay is expected to last more than 48 hours.
4. Persons not in possession of D.R. Form 1 or D.R. Form 12 who require to
stay for any period in excess of 48 hours in a specified area will have to obtain a
special permit which will be granted on application by the local police in the
specified area after the person has entered it.
5. Leave Visits.Naval and R.M. personnel wishing to enter a specified area
on leave during the imposition of restrictions will be permitted to do so if
normally resident within the specified area, this being interpreted to mean that if
a mans nearest relatives (i.e. parents, wife or children) are resident there then
he is regarded as being a resident also.
(A.F.Os. 849/42 and 2462/43.)
1455. Allotments Payable in East Africa
(D.N.A. 3695/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

Attention is drawn to A.F.O. 1334/44 in Section 2 of this issue.
1456. National Milk Cocoa NAMCO Issue to Young Workers under 18
(C.E. 50944/44.16 Mar. 1944.)

In connection with the Ministry of Food scheme for the issue of
National Milk Cocoa (known as NAM CO) to all young workers under 18
years of age, arrangements are to be made by Heads of Establishments for
the provision of a daily cup (one-third of a pint) of NAM CO to all under18 juveniles in Admiralty employboth industrials and non-industrials.
A reduced price of \d. a cup is to be charged, the balance of the cost being
met by the Admiralty and charged to the establishment Vote.
2. Heads of Establishments should make the necessary arrangements
for distribution. Application for a permit should be made to the nearest
Food Office, where full particulars and every assistance will be given. In
the case of small establishments where the 20 lb. container (the only size
available) is over-large, it might be possible for several small establishments
in the neighbourhood to combine. The local Food Office w ill render
assistance in this connection.
3. I t is most desirable that all eligible young workers in Admiralty
employ should take full advantage of this scheme and Heads of Establish
ments should do all they can to make it a success. Posters may be obtained
from the local Food Office.
4. A n y queries in connection with the scheme which cannot be settled
^
W >y consultation with the local Food Office should be addressed to C ivil
Establishments Branch I I , Bath, (fo r non-industrial personnel) or Labour
Branch, Bath (fo r industrial personnel).
(68498)
W t. 8153/2292
18,900
S/44
Hw.
G.338/10.

1304 1456

Transféré par

Informations du document

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

1304 1456

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

TTOAD OF P BRANCH

(See A.F.O. Diagram Issue No. 11/44)

N ot to be communicated to anyone outside H .M . Service

The following Orders having been approved by M y Lords

T o all Commanders in Chief, Flag

Gunnery. (Guns, Mountings, Ammunition, Turrets, Directors, Fire Control,

16th March, 1944.

(Station L im its : Fighting Efficiency of Ships : Naval Aircraft Administration :

Governor and Commander-In-Chief, GibraltarAppointment.

Torpedo. (Torpedoes, Tubes, Mines and Minesweeping, Depth Charges, Paravanes,

Honours and Awards London Gazette Supplement o f 7th March, 1944.

Guns 0-303-in. Vickers G.O. No. 1, Mark I, Type A Maintenance

Torpedoes, 21-in., Mark V I I P - V I I I * * Conversion o f Ball-Valve Type o f Pressure

General Service Pump Connection to Condenser and Hotwell.

Asdic Installation Establishment Lists Errata.

VH/F Aerial Outfit A P H Tests to be Carried out.

Aircraft Procedure for dealing with Rogue Aircraft.

Anti-Submarine. (Asdics, Hydrophones and Echo Sounding and Stores.)

Naval Aircraft. (Technical.)

Strength o f Important Ship StructureMaintenance during Building and Altera

S e c t io n 3. G., T., N., E .,

& S t o b e s ; H u ll, E q u ip m e n t & F it t in g s contd.

Monitor and Foam-making Equipment Installation As. and As.

( *AU N.S. Orders not included under Section 3.)

Admiralty Salvage Vessels Supply of Provisions.

Forms S.1228 and 1229 Abolition.

Civil Service W ar Bonus Extension o f Salary Limit.

( Orders m arked* have been reprinted fo r posting on N o tice Boards; marked t

(M . 459/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

(P ./ C .P . 88915/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)

4. Attention is drawn to C.A.F.O. 2010/43.

1306. Disposal of Bombs, Pyrotechnics, Mines, Torpedoes, etc., Accidentally

(U .B . 181/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)

vita l services on A d m ira lty property w ill, so fa r as is prac

6. Procedure fo r R eportin g. (a ) On landing, the p ilot o f the a ircra ft

1307. United States Hospital Ships

(M . 531/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)

1308. Portuguese Merchant Vessels Identification Markings

(M ./ N .I.D . 1673/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

Ensigns w ill always be hoisted while at sea and illuminated at

1309. Special Maintenance Parties REPORT

(A.M.R. 1064/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)

Bar to the Distinguished Service Cross

10. Application fo r S .M .P . (a) A t Home, application for the services o f an

Section 2. PERSONNEL, PA Y , SERVICES, DISCIPLINE, etc.

(H. & A . 16 Mar. 1944.)

St. James's Palace, S .W .l.

The Distinguished Service Cross

Chief Stoker Harry Edwin Shawyer, C/K.61844 (Nelson, Lancashire).

Acting Paymaster Lieutenant-Commander Peter White, R.N. (Amersham).

Temporary Acting Petty Officer Thomas Ronald Gridley, C/JX.140815 (Harwich).

(H . & A. 89/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

(N ./D .P .S . 615/43/M. 16 Mar. 1944.)

(N ./ D .P .S . 615/43/M. 16 Mar. 1944.)

(N. 3061/43. 16 Mar. 1944.)

(N.5706/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

/1318. Courses ior Petty Officer and Leading Seaman

(N ./T .S .D . 90/44. 16 Mar. 1944.)

(N. 16 Mar. 1944.)

and thereafter 1 S.A. for every 40 or part o f 40 tenders in excess o f :

*1318. Seaman Buglers Non-Substantive Fay

(N ./ D .P .S . 102/44/M. 16 Mar. 1944.)

and thereafter 1 S.A. for every 20 or part o f 20 tenders in excess o f :